Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 560

ClearVue

Service Manual - English


A79210101 - Issue 4
Table of Contents
A79210100_06 ...............................................................................................................1
1 - Introduction to the ClearVue.................................................................................1
1.1 Design purpose .................................................................................................2
1.2 Compatibility....................................................................................................3
1.3 Identification of parts (front).............................................................................4
1.4 Inside the ClearVue...........................................................................................5
1.5 Identification of parts (rear) ..............................................................................6
1.6 Example of a Varistain Gemini basket...............................................................7
1.7 System interfacing .............................................................................................8
1.8 System specification ..........................................................................................9
1.9 Coverslipping method.....................................................................................10
2 - Basic Operation ...................................................................................................11
2.1 Daily tasks.......................................................................................................12
2.2 Weekly tasks ...................................................................................................13
2.3 Level the ClearVue before use .........................................................................14
2.4 Change the carbon filter..................................................................................16
2.5 Fit the extraction kit........................................................................................18
2.6 Maintaining the Xylene tray level ....................................................................19
2.7 Fill the mountant bottle ..................................................................................21
2.8 Change the purge tray and debris tray .............................................................23
2.9 Start up the ClearVue......................................................................................25
2.10 Fill the dispense head cleaning station ...........................................................26
2.11 Degas the mountant bottle............................................................................29
2.12 Flush the system............................................................................................30
2.13 Purge the system ...........................................................................................32
2.14 Remove and replace the coverslip hopper ......................................................34
2.15 Shutting down the ClearVue.........................................................................37
2.16 Load a basket ................................................................................................38
2.17 Unload a basket.............................................................................................42

i
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2.18 Abort a basket ...............................................................................................44


2.19 Manually abort a basket ................................................................................45
2.20 Remove baskets from the Load & Unload rail...............................................46
2.21 Remove slides during coverslipping ...............................................................48
2.22 Remove baskets from the vertical lift .............................................................50
3 - Settings ................................................................................................................53
3.1 Adjust the coverslip position ...........................................................................54
3.2 Select the coverslip position.............................................................................56
3.3 Change the coverslip transfer head position.....................................................58
3.4 Adjust the screen settings ................................................................................63
3.5 Change the time and date setting ....................................................................64
3.6 Change the system language............................................................................65
3.7 Create the engineers' log .................................................................................66
3.8 Update the system software .............................................................................67
3.9 Adjust the mountant dispense volume.............................................................68
3.10 Slide retainer types ........................................................................................69
3.11 Install the offset coverslip transfer head .........................................................70
3.12 Alter the slide sensing parameter ...................................................................73
4 - Maintenance ........................................................................................................75
4.1 Cleaning and maintenance cautions ................................................................76
4.2 Replacing seals ................................................................................................78
4.3 Remove the mountant bottle...........................................................................81
4.4 Prepare the ClearVue for storage .....................................................................83
5 - Cleaning ..............................................................................................................84
5.1 Cleaning the mountant bottle cap ...................................................................85
5.2 Cleaning the mountant bottle seal...................................................................87
5.3 Cleaning the Xylene tray seal...........................................................................89
5.4 Cleaning the dispense head cleaning station ....................................................91
5.5 Cleaning the suction cup.................................................................................95
5.6 Cleaning the slip dispense carriage ................................................................100
5.7 Cleaning the mountant dispense needle ........................................................103
5.8 Cleaning the touch screen .............................................................................105
5.9 Cleaning the slip dispense skirt......................................................................106

ii
Table of Contents

5.10 Cleaning the gripper return plate ................................................................108


5.11 Cleaning the slide grippers ..........................................................................111
5.12 Cleaning the coverslip transfer head ............................................................114
5.13 Cleaning the camera....................................................................................117
6 - Troubleshooting ................................................................................................119
6.1 Error screens .................................................................................................120
6.2 Perform a bead test........................................................................................121
6.3 Identifying problems with slides....................................................................123
6.3.1 Prepared slides - troubleshooting (i) ...........................................................125
6.3.2 Prepared slides - troubleshooting (ii) ..........................................................127
6.3.3 Prepared slides - troubleshooting (iii) .........................................................129
6.3.4 Prepared slides - troubleshooting (iv) .........................................................131
6.4 Troubleshooting tables..................................................................................132
6.4.1 Machine dead - no power...........................................................................133
6.4.2 Dispense needle dirty/blocked....................................................................134
6.4.3 Slide jams...................................................................................................135
6.4.4 Coverslip misdispense ................................................................................136
6.4.5 Coverslip misdispense (cont'd) ...................................................................137
6.4.6 Breaking coverslips .....................................................................................138
6.4.7 Basket jams ................................................................................................139
6.4.8 Breaking slides............................................................................................140
6.4.9 Mountant overspill.....................................................................................142
6.4.10 Skewed coverslips .....................................................................................143
6.4.11 Slides not coverslipped .............................................................................144
6.4.12 Part broken coverslips ..............................................................................145
6.4.13 Slides too wet ...........................................................................................146
6.5 Diagnosis flowchart.......................................................................................147
Appendix A1 - Accessories.......................................................................................148
Appendix A2 - Spare parts.......................................................................................149
Appendix B - Approved Reagents............................................................................150
Appendix C1 - Things to do before packing............................................................151
Appendix C2 - Packing instructions ........................................................................153
Appendix D1 - Main menu.....................................................................................154

iii
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Appendix D2 - Mountant system screens ................................................................155


Appendix D3 - Options screens...............................................................................156
Appendix E - Declaration of Conformity ................................................................157
A79210101_04 ...........................................................................................................159
1 - Technical Description........................................................................................159
1-1 Introduction and Safety ................................................................................160
1-2 - General Description ...................................................................................162
1-3 - Basic Structure............................................................................................163
1-4 - Electronics Assembly ..................................................................................168
2 - Production Services............................................................................................177
2-1 - Introduction ...............................................................................................178
2-2 - PARAM Tab ..............................................................................................180
2-3 - I/O Tab......................................................................................................181
2-4 - MOTOR Tab ............................................................................................192
2-5 - ENG Tab ...................................................................................................196
3 - Functional Tests ................................................................................................223
3-1 - Earth Continuity and Insulation Resistance Tests.......................................224
3-2 - Individual Motor Tests...............................................................................225
3-3 - Build Subassembly Tests.............................................................................235
3-4 - Instrument Verification Tests .....................................................................258
4 - Troubleshooting ................................................................................................295
4-1 - Telephone Support.....................................................................................296
4-2 - Error Screens ..............................................................................................297
4-3 - Identifying Problems with Dispense ...........................................................305
4-4 - Troubleshooting Tables ..............................................................................306
4-5 - Engineers' Log Extraction...........................................................................374
5 - Part Replacement Procedures .............................................................................376
5-1 - Safety..........................................................................................................377
5-2 - Tools Required ...........................................................................................378
5-3 - Outer Case Removal...................................................................................379
5-4 - Parts Replacement By Sub-Assembly ..........................................................389
5-5 - Software Update .........................................................................................493
6 - Service Schedule.................................................................................................495

iv
Table of Contents

7 - Spares List..........................................................................................................499
8 - Technical Drawings ...........................................................................................505
8-1 - Electrical Drawings.....................................................................................506
8-2 - Pneumatics Drawings .................................................................................507
Appendices..............................................................................................................516
Appendix A - Service Fault Codes .......................................................................517
Appendix B - Parameters.....................................................................................519
Appendix C - Understanding Log Files ...............................................................520
Index...........................................................................................................................535

v
Legal Information
© 2007 Thermo Fisher Scientific. All rights reserved.
Thermo Shandon Limited is an ISO 9001 and TickIT Accredited Company
Thermo Fisher Scientific is the trading name of Thermo Shandon Limited
All other trademarks are the property of Thermo Fisher Scientific and its subsidiaries
Thermo Fisher Scientific makes every endeavour to ensure that the information
contained in its support documentation is correct and clearly stated but does not accept
responsibility for any errors or omissions. The development of Thermo Fisher products
and services is continuous. Make sure that any published information that you use for
reference is up to date and relates to the status of the product. If necessary, check with
Thermo Fisher or your local Thermo Fisher representative.
This manual may not, in whole or in part, be copied, photocopied, reproduced,
translated, or converted to any electronic or machine readable form without prior written
consent of Thermo Fisher.
All information contained in this manual is proprietary and confidential, and the
exclusive property of Thermo Fisher Scientific. This manual is protected by copyright
and any reproduction is prohibited. This manual is for use only by the individuals to
whom it has been made available by Thermo Fisher Scientific.

Contact addresses

Anatomical Pathology Anatomical Pathology


93-96 Chadwick Road 4481 Campus Drive
Astmoor, Runcorn Kalamazoo,
Cheshire, WA7 1PR, UK MI 49008, USA

Tel: +44 (0) 1928 562600 Tel: +1-800-522-7270


Fax: +44 (0) 1928 562627 Fax: +1 269-372-2674
www.thermo.com/pathology www.thermo.com/pathology

The Shandon ClearVue meets the following CE


Mark requirements:

In Vitro Diagnostic Directive 98/79/EC

Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, as amended by

vii
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

93/68/EEC.

This IVD equipment complies with the emissions and immunity requirements of IEC
61326-2-6:2006.
This equipment has been designed and tested to CISPR 11 Class A. In a domestic
environment it may cause radio interference, in which case it may be necessary to take
measures to mitigate the interference.
The electromagnetic environment should be evaluated prior to operation of the device.
Do not use this device in close proximity to sources of strong electromagnetic radiation
(eg: unshielded intentional RF sources) as these may interfere with the proper operation.
The Shandon ClearVue™ is referred to throughout this, and other supporting documents, as
the ClearVue.
The Shandon Varistain® Gemini (Inc. ES Variant) is referred throughout this, and other
supporting documents, as the Varistain Gemini.
The Shandon Varistain® 24-4 is referred throughout this, and other supporting documents, as
the Varistain 24-4.

viii
Symbols
The following symbols and conventions are used throughout this manual and on the
instrument.
This symbol is used on the equipment, or in a document, to warn
that instructions must be followed for safe and correct operation. If
this symbol appears on the instrument, always refer to the Operator
Guide.

This symbol is used on the equipment, or in a document, to warn


that there may be a biohazard associated with the instrument.
Always act with common sense and be aware of the samples used.
Take suitable precautions.

This symbol is used on the equipment, or in a document, to warn


that harmful chemicals are used with the instrument. Refer to the
material safety data sheets for the chemicals used. Always act with
common sense and be aware of local laboratory procedures. Take
suitable precautions.

A warning is given in the document if there is a danger of


personal injury or damage to samples or equipment.

Note
Notes give more information about a job or instruction but do not form
part of the instructions.

ix
Safety Information
Introduction
Thermo Fisher products are designed for convenient and reliable service; however,
incorrect actions by a user may damage the equipment, or cause a hazard to health.
The following section contains important information for the safe setup and use of the
instrument.
All users must read and understand the following paragraphs before
using the instrument.

General Safety
The instrument, as supplied, conforms with IEC61010-1 and IEC61010-2-101;
however, the addition of chemicals introduces potential hazards.
As with all scientific equipment, due care and good laboratory practice must be employed
when dealing with these chemicals, and consideration must be given to the potential for
hazard when dealing with particular chemicals.
Be aware that many of the reagents used with the Instrument are flammable. Do not
introduce any source of ignition into, or near, the instrument once it has been loaded
with reagents.
Do not remove any panels or covers. The instrument does not have any user serviceable
parts.
The instrument must be properly connected to a good earth (Ground) via the mains
input supply.
Position the instrument such that it is possible to interrupt the Mains supply at the
source by removing the plug from the socket.
If the equipment is used in a manner not specified by Thermo Fisher Scientific, the
protection offered by the equipment may be impaired.
Make sure that there is at least 100 mm (4 in) clearance around any fan inlets on the
instrument.
In compliance with statutory requirements all our equipment is designed to accepted
standards of safety. Its use does not entail any hazard if operated in accordance with the
instructions given in the documentation. However, you must obey the following safety
precautions:
i. All users must read and understand the Operator Guide and this Safety
Information; and only operate the unit in accordance with the instructions.

ii. Potentially lethal voltages above 110V a.c. or 50V d.c. are present inside the
instrument. Do not remove any access covers unless specifically instructed to do so.

xi
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

iii. It is important that normal standards of safety and good laboratory practices are
employed. Always use common sense when operating the instrument.

iv. Any problems and queries should be referred to your Thermo Fisher supplier.

v. Correct maintenance procedures are essential for consistent performance. It is


recommended that a Maintenance Contract is taken out with our Service
Department.

vi. Use only factory approved accessories or replacement parts with this instrument.

vii. Only use reagents recommended in the Operator Guide.

Disposal of Sealed Lead Acid Batteries


In cases where there are two back-up batteries, they should always be replaced as a pair at
the recommended service interval.
If the instrument has mainly been operated in very low temperatures, or has been
exposed to frequent mains failures, the batteries should be replaced every year.
The battery manufacturers advise their customers to comply with the relevant regulations
within their particular country regarding disposal of this type of battery.
The batteries used within the instrument are valve regulated sealed lead-acid type
rechargeable batteries; the specific details of which can be found in the Operator Guide.

xii
Chemical Safety
The introduction of chemicals creates potential hazards and Thermo Fisher has adopted
the following position with regard to the subject of volatile chemicals used in medical
laboratories:
i. Non-specified chemicals are used in the instrument at the customer’s own risk.

ii. All the chemicals recommended by Thermo Fisher have auto-ignition temperatures
considerably above any surface temperature that can be reached during a single
fault failure on the instrument. Small quantities of paraffin wax present will not
reach a temperature that will produce flammable vapour.

iii. The instrument contains no source of ignition in any areas of the instrument where
chemicals are stored or likely to leak in a single fault condition.

iv. The operator is fully aware of the contents of the specification documents detailing
the properties of the chemicals they are using.

v. The operator has carried out any legally required assessment of chemicals used and
is using good laboratory practice.

Some chemicals which may be used during operation are flammable -


do not use sources of ignition in the vicinity of the instrument when
it is loaded with reagents.

Harmful chemical vapours such as Xylene and Toluene may be


emitted during the normal operation of some instruments and the
operator should be aware of suitable precautions and safety measures.

Environment
This product is required to comply with the European Union’s Waste Electrical and
Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive 2002/96/EC. It is marked with the following
symbol:

Thermo Fisher Scientific has contracted with one or more recycling/disposal companies
in each EU Member State, and this product should be disposed of or recycled through
them.

xiii
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Further information on Thermo Fisher’s compliance with these Directives, the recyclers
in your country, and information on Thermo Fisher products which may assist the
detection of substances subject to the RoHS Directive are available at:
www.thermo.com/WEEERoHS.

xiv
A79210100_06
1 - Introduction to the ClearVue
1.1 Design Purpose
1.2 Compatibility
1.3 Identification of parts (front)
1.4 Inside the ClearVue
1.5 Identification of parts (rear)
1.6 Example of a Varistain Gemini basket
1.7 System interfacing
1.8 System specification
1.9 Coverslipping method

1
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

1.1 Design purpose


The ClearVue is a high-throughput, precision engineered, slide coverslipper, capable of
coverslipping 250 slides every hour in a precise and efficient manner.
Before operating this instrument the user should have read and understood the Safety
section of the Safety and Warranty Booklet (A79910001).
The ClearVue has been designed for general laboratory use, and can handle baskets from
the following stainers:
 Varistain Gemini (Inc. ES Variant)

 Varistain 24-4

 Leica Autostainer

 Sakura Tissue-Tek® DRS 2000™ Series

The ClearVue is capable of having multiple baskets loaded at once in any order from any
of the above stainers.

High quality, 75 x 25mm microscope slides must be used with the baskets.

2
A79210100_06

1.2 Compatibility
The ClearVue is compatible with the following sizes of coverslips:
 No. 1.5 x 24 x 40mm

 No. 1.5 x 24 x 50mm

 No. 1.5 x 24 x 55mm

The following slide dimensional tolerances are permissible:


Length 74.5 - 76.0mm
Width 24.5 - 26.0mm
Thickness 0.8 - 1.2mm

3
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

1.3 Identification of parts (front)


Front of the ClearVue

1 Load Door 7 Debris Tray


2 Unload Rail 8 Debris Tray Door
3 Unload Door 9 Mountant Bottle
4 Access Door 10 Downdraft Ventilation
5 Cleaning Brushes 11 Load Rail
6 Touch Screen 12 Xylene Tray

4
A79210100_06

1.4 Inside the ClearVue


View through the Access door

13 Basket Unload Bracket 15 Coverslip Transfer Head


14 Serial Number Label 16 Dispense Head Cleaning Station

5
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

1.5 Identification of parts (rear)


Rear of the ClearVue

17 Battery Isolation Switch


18 Service History Booklet
19 Filter Cover
20 Mountant Bottle Cap Removal Tool
21 Rating Plate
22 3½” Floppy Disk Drive
23 Main Power Switch, Fuses and Connector
24 Screwdriver and Allen Key
25 Vents for Electronics Enclosure

6
A79210100_06

1.6 Example of a Varistain Gemini basket

7
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

1.7 System interfacing


The Touch screen panel is the primary user interface mode on the ClearVue. It is used to
input data, operate the manual functions and inform the user of instrument data.
In addition, the ClearVue will issue audible alerts when appropriate.
General operation of the ClearVue is started by opening and closing the Load door.

Stopping and restarting the ClearVue is controlled by the software to ensure safety, whilst
at the same time making sure that the samples are not compromised.
Opening any of the doors will not necessarily cause the ClearVue to
stop running; therefore care should be taken when adding or removing
baskets.

8
A79210100_06

1.8 System specification


Dimensions
Height 500 mm (19.7”)
Width 645 mm (25.4”)
Depth 575 mm (22.6”)
Weight 48 kg (106 lbs)
Electrical specification
Voltage 100 - 240 V~
Frequency 50/ 60 Hz
Power (max) 300 VA
Earth Leakage < 500 μA at 110-120 V~
Fuses T 6.3 A, 250 V
Internal batteries Sealed Lead Acid type.
Not user replaceable.
~ denotes a.c.
Environmental requirements
Warning - For Indoor Use Only
Temperature +5°C to +40°C (+41°F to +104°F)
(operating limits)
Temperature +15°C to +30°C (+59°F to +86°F)
(recommended operation) Note: Performance may deteriorate when operated
outside of this temperature range.
Temperature -25°C to +55°C (-13°F to 131°F)+70°C (158°F) for
(transport & storage) short exposure
Relative Humidity Max. 80% RH up to 31°C
Decreasing linearly to 50% RH at 40°C
Altitude Up to 2000 m (6,500 ft)
Pollution Degree 2
Over Voltage Category II

9
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

1.9 Coverslipping method


The ClearVue has been specifically designed to ensure consistent, high quality,
coverslipping.
The following shows how the coverslip is laid:

This method of coverslipping has been proven, through rigorous testing, to minimize
bubbles and ensure complete adhesion to the slide.

10
A79210100_06

2 - Basic Operation
2.1 Daily tasks
2.2 Weekly tasks
2.3 Level the ClearVue before use
2.4 Change the carbon filter
2.5 Fit the extraction kit
2.6 Maintaining the Xylene tray level
2.7 Fill the mountant bottle
2.8 Change the purge tray and debris tray
2.9 Start up the ClearVue
2.10 Fill the dispense head cleaning station
2.11 De-gas the mountant bottle
2.12 Flushing the system
2.13 Purging the system
2.14 Remove and replace the coverslip hopper
2.15 Shutting down the ClearVue
2.16 Load a basket
2.17 Unload a basket
2.18 Abort a basket
2.19 Manually abort a basket
2.20 Remove baskets from the Load & Unload rail
2.21 Remove slides during coverslipping
2.22 Remove baskets from the vertical lift

11
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2.1 Daily tasks


The following tasks should be carried out at least once a day:
At daily Startup, lift the Coverslip Hopper before switching on

Top-up the Dispense head cleaning station . Wipe the top with a xylene
damp cloth

Check the number of Coverslips in the hopper and replace if necessary

Check the level of Mountant and top-up if necessary

Wipe the Suction cup with a xylene damp cloth to ensure it is clean and free
from debris. Replace if necessary . Ensure the Suction cup is dry before use

Clean the Gripper return plate

Purge the system 3 times . Lift the coverslip hopper before purging

12
A79210100_06

2.2 Weekly tasks


The following tasks should be carried out at least once a week:
Empty, clean and refill the Dispense head cleaning station

Remove any discarded coverslips from the Slip Dispense area and clean the
Slip dispense carriage

Remove the Coverslip transfer head to check that the Pads and the Suction
cup are clean and free of Mountant. Wipe the Pads with a xylene damp
cloth to clean

Check the level of xylene in the Xylene Tray

Empty the Debris tray

Check the Purge tray and replace if necessary

Clean the Slip dispense skirt

13
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2.3 Level the ClearVue before use


It is critical that the ClearVue is level before use!

Levelling is carried out on the jackable feet of the ClearVue to raise or lower any of the
four corners of the instrument.

The following procedure should be carried out on all required corners of the ClearVue:
1. Use a 13mm wrench (spanner) to loosen the Lock Nut of the Jackable foot.

2. Adjust the Jacking Nut with the wrench to raise or lower the ClearVue as required.

14
A79210100_06

3. Tighten the Lock Nut to secure the Jackable foot in position.

Ensure the Lock Nuts are properly tightened after adjustment.

15
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2.4 Change the carbon filter


Thermo Fisher Scientific recommends that the ClearVue be used with the Vent Adaptor
Kit fitted.
If Carbon filters are being used it is important to ensure that they are changed regularly,
to comply with local legislation on vapour exposure limits.
To change the Carbon filter:
1. Slide the Filter cover off to gain access to the Carbon filter.

2. Lift the Carbon filter out of the chamber and dispose of according to local
regulations.

3. Remove the cellophane wrapping from a new Carbon filter and place into the
chamber.

16
A79210100_06

4. Ensure the Airflow directional arrow is pointing upwards.

5. Slide the Filter cover back into position making sure it is firmly clipped into
place.

Write the installation date on the Carbon filter using a permanent


marker to ensure proper record keeping.

17
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2.5 Fit the extraction kit


An optional Extraction Kit (A79210080) is available, which allows fumes to be vented
into a fume cupboard, hood or the outside atmosphere.
The Extraction Kit should not be used to extract fumes through the
building HVAC system or through a common site extraction system!

The Extraction Kit comprises the following parts:


 Filter Cover with Duct Adaptor

 Jubilee Clip

 2.5m Ducting Tube

To fit the Extraction Kit:


1. Fit the Ducting tube and Jubilee Clip to the Duct Adaptor.

2. Replace the Filter Cover with the assembled Extraction Kit.

Do not remove the Carbon Filter!

18
A79210100_06

2.6 Maintaining the Xylene tray level


The Xylene Tray is intended to provide a xylene rich atmosphere to prevent slides on the
Load Rail from drying out. The Xylene Tray should be checked every week and topped
up or emptied as required.
To fill the Xylene Tray:
1. Slide the Xylene Tray out about half way, taking care not to spill any remaining
xylene.

19
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2. Carefully pour xylene into the Xylene Tray or remove using a pipette as required.

3. The depth of the xylene should be approximately half-way up the Anti-Surge Baffle.

4. Slowly close the Xylene Tray completely to ensure that the seal is properly engaged.

Alternatively, it is possible to open the Load door and pour xylene into the Xylene Tray
using a small beaker. If this method is used and there are no Baskets waiting on the Load
Rail, the ClearVue will perform a routine check after the Load Door has been closed.
If Baskets are loaded the ClearVue will begin coverslipping when the Load Door is
closed.

20
A79210100_06

2.7 Fill the mountant bottle


Most Mountants are harmful!

The Mountant Bottle supplies Mountant to the Dispense head. It is strongly advised not
to allow the Mountant bottle to run dry.
To fill the Mountant bottle:
1. Remove the Mountant bottle cap.

2. Carefully pour Mountant into the open end of the Mountant Bottle until the liquid
reaches the bottom of the collar. Ensure no Mountant is spilt down the outside of the
bottle.

3. Replace the Mountant bottle cap and twist clockwise by hand to tighten it.

Do not use the Cap Removal Tool, or any mechanical means, to


tighten the Mountant Bottle Cap.

21
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Do not overfill the Mountant Bottle.

Ensure no Mountant reaches the Air Vent on the spout as this


will cause the instrument to cease operation.

Notes:
After filling, de-gas the mountant bottle.
If the Mountant Bottle has been allowed to run dry, or the level has fallen below the bottom of
the internal pipe, it will be necessary to:
1 - Fill the Mountant Bottle.
2 - De-gas the Mountant Bottle
3 - Flush the system to remove any air from the pipes

22
A79210100_06

2.8 Change the purge tray and debris tray


The Purge Tray is used as a receptacle for expelled Mountant and Xylene.
The volume of fluid in the Purge Tray should be checked prior to carrying out either a
Flush or Purge function.
The Debris Tray contains any Coverslips which have been discarded or broken during
coverslipping.
To change the Purge Tray and empty the Debris Tray:
1. Open the Debris Tray Door.

2. Remove the Debris Tray and dispose of the contents according to local regulations.

23
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3. Reach into the instrument as shown and, using the tab, carefully lift the Purge Tray
down off its shelf.

4. Dispose of the used Purge Tray according to local regulations.

5. Either:

 Unpack a new Coverslip Hopper; the end cap doubles as a new Purge Tray, or

 Use one of the spare Purge Trays supplied with the instrument.

6. Place the new Purge Tray onto its shelf.

7. Replace the Debris Tray.

8. Close the Debris Tray Door.

24
A79210100_06

2.9 Start up the ClearVue


To start up the ClearVue:
1. Open the Access door and lift up the Coverslip Hopper.
2. Turn the Mains power switch to the On position ’I’.

3. Turn the Battery isolation switch to the On position ’I’.

4. When the Language select screen appears, use the arrow keys on the Touch screen to
highlight the required language, and then press Select.

5. The Main menu now displays. The system will carry out a series of automated checks
and the Status will show Initialising. When complete the Status will show OK. The
instrument is now ready to use.

25
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2.10 Fill the dispense head cleaning station


Take precautions when dealing with Xylene!

The Dispense head cleaning station ensures the Dispense head does not get blocked with
Mountant. There should be a visible pool of Xylene in the central well.
To fill the Dispense head cleaning station:
1. From the Main menu, press the Mountant key on the screen.

2. Press the Access key.

3. Press the Start key.

4. Wait for activity within the ClearVue to stop, and Access Ready to flash on the
screen.

5. Open the Access door.

26
A79210100_06

6. The Dispense head cleaning station is now be accessible from above. It can either
be removed, by pulling slightly forwards and then lifting it gently from its fitting, or
left in the ClearVue.

7. Drip Xylene into the Cleaning station until it is at a level where it can be seen in
the central well (approx. 18ml).

8. Use the end of the pipette to push the central well down, to ensure that the
Xylene levels are consistent.
Note:
Ensure that the central well re-seats itself properly.
9. If the Dispense head cleaning station has been removed from the instrument, it
can be filled easier by removing the Dispense head cleaning station lid and pouring
xylene in up to the required level.

27
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

10. When finished, close the Access door and press the Complete key.

28
A79210100_06

2.11 Degas the mountant bottle


De-gassing the Mountant bottle will remove any air bubbles from the Mountant.
To de-gas the Mountant bottle:
1. From the Main menu, press the Mountant key on the screen.

2. Press the De-gas key.

3. Press the Start key.

4. The ClearVue will now de-gas the Mountant bottle.

5. When the process has stopped press the Exit key.

29
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2.12 Flush the system


Flushing the system dispenses a large amount of Mountant. This function should only be
used if the Mountant bottle has run dry or when cleaning the system using Xylene.
To flush the system:
1. Ensure the Access door is closed.
2. Lift up the Coverslip Hopper.
3. From the Main menu, press the Mountant key on the screen.

4. Press the Flush key on the screen.

5. Ensure the Purge tray is empty and that there is sufficient Mountant (or Xylene)
in the Mountant bottle (at least 80ml).
6. Press the Start key.

7. Wait for the activity within the ClearVue to stop, and then empty or discard the
Purge tray.
8. Press the Exit key.

30
A79210100_06

9. Push the Coverslip Hopper down.

31
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2.13 Purge the system


Purging the system is a routine procedure which dispenses a small amount of Mountant
to ensure high-quality coverslipping.
To purge the system:
1. Ensure the Access door is closed.
2. Lift up the Coverslip Hopper.
3. From the Main menu, press the Mountant key.

4. Press the Purge key.

5. Ensure there is sufficient room in the Purge tray before starting the Purge cycle.
6. Press the Start key.

7. Wait for this screen to appear and the activity within the ClearVue to stop and
then empty the Purge tray.

8. Press Repeat to restart the Purge process, or Cancel to exit.

32
A79210100_06

9. Push the Coverslip Hopper down.

33
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2.14 Remove and replace the coverslip hopper


To change the Coverslip hopper:
1. Open the Access door.

2. Remove the empty Coverslip hopper by pulling slightly forwards and then lifting it
gently upwards.

Note:
If the Coverslip Hopper is not empty, use the end of the paintbrush provided to push the foam
inside the Hopper down until it secures the remaining coverslips.

34
A79210100_06

3. Unpack a new Coverslip hopper and identify the Dispense directional arrow on the
top.

Note:
Ensure coverslips are the correct size. Ensure Coverslip Hopper has not been dropped by checking
for broken coverslips.
4. Remove the end cap from the bottom of the Coverslip Hopper and retain for use as a
Purge Tray.

5. Load the new Coverslip Hopper ensuring that the Dispense Directional Arrow is
pointing towards the back of the instrument.

6. Ensure the Coverslip retention spring is located inside the slot in the Hopper
mounting block.

35
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

7. The Coverslip hopper should sit level and fully down over the location pins.

8. On the Main menu screen, press Clear count.

Note:
Clear Count must always be selected after changing the Coverslip size.

36
A79210100_06

2.15 Shutting down the ClearVue


To shutdown the ClearVue:
1. Ensure there are no Baskets still in the instrument.
2. Ensure the Dispense head is located in the Dispense head cleaning station.
3. Switch the Mains power switch to the off O position. Do not switch off the Battery
isolation switch.
Notes:
To conserve power and extend filter life, it is recommended that the ClearVue is shutdown at
night.
If 24 hour operation is required, ensure that the ClearVue is shutdown once per 24 hours to
allow Self-Test and Maintenance Logs to be stored.

37
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2.16 Load a basket


To load Slides into Baskets:
1. Move the Slide Retainer.

2. Insert Slides, starting from the bottom shelf, with the sample on the top.

38
A79210100_06

3. Ensure the Slides are placed in the Basket correctly.

4. When all the required Slides are in the Basket, return the Slide Retainer to it’s original
position to secure the Slides in the Basket.

39
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5. The Basket is now ready to load onto a stainer or directly into the ClearVue.

To load Baskets of Slides:


1. Open the Load Door.

2. Gently shake the Basket to remove excess xylene and blot on absorbant paper.

40
A79210100_06

3. Place the Basket onto the Load Rail.

Notes:
Ensure Slide Retainer is closed before loading basket.
Ensure Directional Arrow on basket is pointing upwards.
If operating outside of the recommended temperature range, ensure samples do not dry out too
quickly by loading no more than 2 Baskets at any one time.
4. Close the Load Door.

5. The ClearVue will start automatically.

41
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2.17 Unload a basket


To unload a Basket:
1. When a Basket of slides is completed, the ClearVue emits an audible alert.

2. Wait about 15 mins before removing a completed Basket, to allow the Mountant to
dry enough to allow the Slides to be handled safely.

3. Open the Unload door.

4. Remove the completed Basket from the Unload rail.

Keep the Basket upright after unloading - Basket Rack is supplied for this purpose.

42
A79210100_06

5. Close the Unload door.

43
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2.18 Abort a basket


The Abort command can be used if a Basket being coverslipped needs to be returned to
the Unload rail without finishing the coverslipping process.
To abort a basket:
1. From the Main menu press the Options key on the screen.

2. Press the Abort key.

3. From the Basket abort screen press the Abort key.

4. Remove the Basket from the Unload rail.


Note:
The ClearVue will finish coverslipping the current slide before it aborts the basket.

44
A79210100_06

2.19 Manually abort a basket


In the event of a power failure the ClearVue will continue to process Baskets using its
own internal batteries.
If there is insufficient charge in the batteries to process the loaded Baskets, the ClearVue
will remove any remaining Baskets from the Load Rail and place them, unprocessed,
onto the Unload Rail.
The ClearVue should be serviced regularly, and the batteries
checked, or replaced, to ensure that they have sufficient charge to
perform the automatic unload process in the event of a power failure.
However, in the unlikely event that the batteries are completely discharged and unable to
automatically unload the Baskets, the following procedures will allow the Baskets to be
unloaded manually:
 Remove Baskets from the Load rail

 Remove Baskets from the Unload rail

 Remove Slides which are in the process of being coverslipped

 Remove Baskets from the Vertical lift

Any Baskets which are unloaded manually may contain slides which
have not been coverslipped, and steps should be taken to preserve the
specimens.
If any Baskets are removed manually due to a power failure or
blockage, the ClearVue must be switched Off and On again to allow
the mechanism to re-calibrate.

45
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2.20 Remove baskets from the Load & Unload rail


To remove Baskets from the Load rail:
1. Open the Load Door.

2. Remove any Baskets which are located directly underneath the Load Door.

Note:
If there are Baskets further along the Load Rail they must be brought back underneath the Load
Door before they can be removed.
3. To move Baskets back underneath the Load Door insert the Screwdriver (supplied)
into the hole at the side of the instrument, under the Load Door.

46
A79210100_06

4. Turn the Screwdriver clockwise to bring the Basket Pusher as far over to the left-
hand side of the instrument as possible.

5. It should then be possible to reach through the Load Door and pull any remaining
Baskets over to where they can be removed.

Note:
There is a ball-spring plunger half-way along the Load Rail which the basket must be pulled
over.

To remove Baskets from the Unload rail:


1. Open the Unload Door.

2. Remove any Baskets which are located directly underneath the Unload Door as
normal.

47
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2.21 Remove slides during coverslipping


To remove Slides which are in the process of being coverslipped:
1. Open the Access Door.

2. Remove the Coverslip Hopper.

3. If the Dispense Head is over the Slide, reach through the Access Door and manually
pull it as far towards the front of the instrument as possible.

4. Rotate the Coverslip Transfer Head until it is in its top position to provide access to
the Slide.

48
A79210100_06

5. Carefully remove the Slide from the Gripper jaws.

Notes:
The right-hand Gripper jaw is spring loaded and can be moved to the right to release the slide.
It is advisable to remove the Debris Tray and then reach into the instrument through the Debris
Tray Door in order to support the Slide when removing it from the Gripper jaws.
6. Reach in through the Load Door and pull the long Gripper jaw as far towards the left
of the instrument as possible.

49
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2.22 Remove baskets from the vertical lift


To remove baskets from the vertical lift:
1. Open the Unload Door.

2. If there are any Baskets halfway onto the Lift Block, it may be necessary to lower the
Lift Block to remove them.

3. Reach in through the Unload Door and push the Basket Unload Bracket as far
towards the right of the instrument as possible.

4. Reach in through the Load Door and pull the long Gripper jaw as far towards the left
as possible.

5. Insert the Screwdriver into the small hole in the Main cover.

50
A79210100_06

6. The Screwdriver should slot into the Vertical Lift lead-screw.

7. Turn the Screwdriver clockwise to raise the Basket until it is level with the Unload
Rail.

51
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Note:
Do not turn the Screwdriver anti-clockwise once the Slides are above the Slide Guide as this
could result in broken Slides.
8. Close the Slide Retainer as soon as possible to ensure that no Slides fall out of the
Basket.

9. Once the Basket is aligned with the Unload Rail, pull the Basket onto the Unload
Rail and remove as normal.

If the Gripper jaws and Basket Unload Bracket are not correctly
located as described above, any attempt to raise the Basket may lead
to damage to the instrument, Basket or specimens.

52
A79210100_06

3 - Settings
3.1 Adjust the coverslip position
3.2 Select the coverslip position
3.3 Change the coverslip transfer head
3.4 Adjust the screen settings
3.5 Change the time and date setting
3.6 Change the system language
3.7 Create the engineers' log
3.8 Update the system software
3.9 Adjust the mountant dispense volume
3.10 Slide retainer types
3.11 Install the offset coverslip transfer head
3.12 Alter the slide sensing parameter

53
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3.1 Adjust the coverslip position


The Coverslip position on the slide can be adjusted by up to 1mm in any one direction
in 0.25mm increments.
To adjust the Coverslip position:
1. From the Main menu press the Options key on the Touch screen.

2. Press the Slip Position key.

3. Use the Arrow Keys on the Slip Adjustment screen to move the Coverslip to the
required position. The default position has a setting of 0.

4. Press OK on the screen when the adjustment has been made.


Note:
Positive numbers indicate that the Coverslip has moved in the direction of the corresponding
arrow. Negative numbers indicate that the Coverslip has moved in the opposite direction to
the arrow.

54
A79210100_06

Examples

The positive number values indicate a movement The negative number values indicate a movement
in the direction of the labelled arrows; hence the in the opposite direction to the labelled arrows;
Coverslip is positioned above and to the right hence the Coverslip is positioned below and to
hand side of centre. the left hand side of centre.

55
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3.2 Select the coverslip position


The ClearVue is capable of using 3 different lengths of Coverslip: 40mm, 50mm and
55mm.
The default setting for coverslip position is with a 2mm gap between the end of the slide
and the end of the coverslip.

The 40mm Coverslips can be positioned centrally, and also offset by 5mm when using
the Offset coverslip transfer head.

56
A79210100_06

To select the position of the 40mm coverslip:


1. From the Main menu press the Options key on the Touch screen.

2. Press the 40 Slips key.

3. Select either End (default setting) or Centre, then press OK.

4. Move the Coverslip transfer head into the position specified (see Section 3.3).
5. Press OK on the Position Setup screen.

Note:
When using the Offset coverslip transfer head with 40mm Coverslips, the ClearVue
automatically places the Coverslip on the slide in the correct position, regardless of whether the
End or Centre position has been selected.

57
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3.3 Change the coverslip transfer head position


The coverslip transfer head has 2 possible positions to allow the 40mm coverslips to be
positioned either Centrally or in the End (default) position.
To change the coverslip transfer head position:
1. From the Main Menu press the Options key.

2. Press the 40 Slips key.

3. Select either End or Centre, then press OK.

4. Open the Access Door.

5. Remove the coverslip transfer head:

58
A79210100_06

A. Identify the coverslip transfer head and loosen the


thumbscrew by turning it anti-clockwise.
Note: the example shown here is the procedure for changing from the
End (Default) position to the Central position.

B. Pull the thumbscrew out to release the coverslip transfer


head.

59
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

C. Note the position of the coverslip transfer head and then


remove it from the location pins.
6. Reposition the coverslip transfer head:

A. Reposition the coverslip transfer head as required.

60
A79210100_06

B. Replace the coverslip transfer head onto the location pins in


either the default or central position. Tighten the thumbscrew
by turning it clockwise.

C. The reference mark on the top of the coverslip transfer head


indicates which position it is in.
Note: One or other of the Position Indicators will line up with the
Reference Mark to indicate the position.
The Offset coverslip transfer head can only be fitted in the Default
position (See Section 3-11).
7. Press OK on the Position Setup screen.

61
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

8. Close the Access Door.

62
A79210100_06

3.4 Adjust the screen settings


The Touch screen settings can be altered to adjust both the View angle and the screen
Brightness.
The View angle is the angle from which the screen is best viewed - so a tall person would
want a higher View Angle than a shorter person.
The Brightness sets the amount of screen back-lighting.
To adjust the Screen display:
1. From the Main menu press the Options key on the screen.

2. Press the Screen key.

3. This will open the Screen adjust display.

4. Use the arrow keys to adjust the View Angle and Brightness.

5. When the Touch screen is configured, press OK to return to the Options menu.

63
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3.5 Change the time and date setting


To alter the time and date:
1. From the Main menu press the Options key on the Touch screen.

2. Press the Set Time key.

3. The Set Time display opens.

4. Adjust the Time and the Date using the relevant arrow keys.
5. Adjust the Time Format: use the 24 hour key to set the time to the 24-hour format.
The 12 hour key then displays to let you change the format to 12-hour.
6. Adjust the Date Format: use the mm/dd key to set the date to that format. The
dd/mm key then displays to let you change the format to dd/mm.
7. When the settings are configured as required, press Set to apply the settings.

64
A79210100_06

3.6 Change the system language


After the initial start-up procedure it is possible to change the Language used on the
touch screen display:
1. From the Main menu, press the Options key on the touch screen.

2. Press the Language key.

3. The Language Select screen displays. Use the arrow keys to highlight the required
language and press Select.

65
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3.7 Create the engineers' log


The Disc Options screen allows an Engineers’ Log to be taken. The Engineers’ log may
be requested by a Service Engineer to aid troubleshooting.
To create the Engineers’ log:
1. From the Main menu press the Options key on the Touch screen.

2. Press the Disc key to open the Disc Options display.

3. Insert a blank, formatted, floppy disc into the Disc drive.


4. Press the Write Engineers’ Log key.

5. The ClearVue displays the Wait screen and writes to the floppy disc.

6. When the Wait screen has gone and the light on the Disc drive has gone out, it is safe
to remove the floppy disc from the Disc drive.
Note:
An Engineers’ log can only be written when the ClearVue is idle (not processing baskets). An
audible warning sounds if you attempt to write an Engineers’ log during processing.

66
A79210100_06

3.8 Update the system software


Do not perform a software update unless instructed to do so by a
Thermo Fisher Service Engineer.

The Disc Options screen allows the ClearVue software to be updated. A Software
Update would normally be performed by a Service Engineer; however, it is possible for
the user to perform an update if supplied with a new version on a floppy disc.
To perform a Software update:
1. Insert the floppy disc, containing the updated version of the software, into the Disc
drive. From the Main menu press the Options key on the Touch screen.

2. Press the Disc key to open the Disc Options display.

3. Press the Software Update key.

4. The ClearVue will then automatically install the updated software and reboot itself.

Do not switch off or interrupt the power during this process.

5. The new software will be active when the reboot is complete.

67
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3.9 Adjust the mountant dispense volume


The ClearVue will automatically adjust the amount of Mountant dispensed, depending
on the colour of the Slide Retainer and the user-defined settings.
To adjust the Mountant volume:
1. From the Main menu, press the Mountant key on the Touch screen.

2. Press the Volume key.

3. Use the Arrow keys on the Mountant Volume screen to adjust the dispensed volume
for each Basket type. The recommended setting for general use is 13.

4. Press Exit when complete.


Notes:
Settings will automatically adjust to suit the Coverslip length, so that the same Mountant
Setting dispenses a larger volume of Mountant for a 50mm Coverslip than for a 40mm
Coverslip.
During processing, pressing the Mountant key from the Main menu will automatically open the
Mountant Volume screen.
Adjusting the Volume during processing will have an IMMEDIATE effect on the amount of
Mountant dispensed.

68
A79210100_06

3.10 Slide retainer types


To allow for variations in the thickness of samples, the ClearVue has a Basket
Recognition feature. This allows the ClearVue to determine the colour of the Slide
Retainer on the Baskets.

The Baskets supplied with the ClearVue have a Black slide retainer. Baskets with White
slide retainers are available as an Accessory (see Appendix A1). The Black slide retainer
typically designates thicker samples; whilst the White slide retainer designates thinner
samples.
The ClearVue can detect the colour of the Slide retainer and automatically adjust the
amount of Mountant dispensed, based on the user defined settings, to ensure that the
Coverslip adheres properly to the slide.
Note:
If there is very little variation in the thicknesses of samples, the volume of Mountant dispensed
for Baskets with either a black or a white Slide Retainer can be set to the same value.

69
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3.11 Install the offset coverslip transfer head


The Offset coverslip transfer head is used to position 40mm Coverslips 5mm from the
end of the slide. The Offset head is supplied with a pneumatic pipe that must be
connected between the Offset coverslip transfer head and the Rotatable fitting on the
ClearVue.
Only use 40mm coverslips otherwise the quality of output may be
poor! The ClearVue does NOT display an error message if any other
size of coverslip is used.
To install the Offset coverslip transfer head:
1. Open the Access door.

2. Detach the Pneumatic pipe connecting the current coverslip transfer head to the
Shandon ClearVue: hold down the blue portion of the Pneumatic connector on the
Rotatable Fitting and pull out the Pneumatic pipe.

70
A79210100_06

3. Remove the Coverslip transfer head:

A. Identify the Coverslip B. Pull the thumbscrew C. Note the position of


transfer head and loosen out to release the the Coverslip transfer
the thumbscrew by coverslip transfer head. head and then remove it
turning it anti-clockwise. from the Location pins.

71
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4. Fit the Offset coverslip transfer head:

A. Fit the Offset head B. Align the Reference mark C. Hold the Offset head and
onto the Location pins. with the Default position. push one end of the pneumatic
Tighten the Thumbscrew by pipe firmly into the pneumatic
turning it clockwise. connector. Do not push down
on the connector.
D. Insert the other end of the
pipe into the connector of the
Rotatable fitting on the
ClearVue.

5. Pull firmly on the Pneumatic pipe to make sure it is correctly fitted into the
Pneumatic collars.

Incorrect fitting may result in poor coverslipping performance.

Note:
When the Offset coverslip transfer head is fitted, the ClearVue automatically places the 40mm
coverslip on the slide in the correct position.

72
A79210100_06

3.12 Alter the slide sensing parameter


To improve throughput the ClearVue has an optical system to sense the presence of
Slides in a Basket. The system is preset at the factory to provide the optimal performance
for the majority of users. In some instances, the combination of Slide type, Specimen
type and Reagent might make it difficult for the optical system to see Slides.
In the unlikely event that the ClearVue does not coverslip all the Slides in a Basket and
does not issue any errors or warnings, the sensitivity of the optical system can be
increased by adjusting the Slide sensing parameter.
To adjust the Slide sensing parameter:
1. From the Main menu press the Options key on the Touch screen:

2. Press the Slip position key.

3. The Slip adjustment screen displays.

4. Press the shaded area of the slide for approximately 3 seconds to display the Slide
sensing adjustment screen.

73
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5. Initially, the default value (95) is displayed on the left side of the screen. Use the
bottom arrow to reduce the value in steps of 5. If ClearVue is missing slides when
processing, initially reduce the value by 10.
6. Press OK to exit the screen and return to the Options menu.

If the problem persists, further reduce the Slide sensing value by 5 at a time. The
lowest possible value is 40.
Note:
Adjusting the slide sensing will not affect the quality of coverslipping but it might reduce the
speed.

74
A79210100_06

4 - Maintenance
The following sections give details on how to carry out basic maintenance procedures.
If a problem occurs which is not covered in these sections contact the Thermo Fisher
Scientific Service Department.
4.1 Cleaning and maintenance cautions
4.2 Replacing seals
4.3 Removing the mountant bottle
4.4 Preparing the ClearVue for storage

75
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4.1 Cleaning and maintenance cautions


For Daily tasks see Section 2.1
For Weekly tasks see Section 2.2
 If the ClearVue has been used with, or has come into contact
with, hazardous material, ensure that the appropriate
decontamination procedures have been followed (See World
Health Organization 'Laboratory Biosafety Manual').

 Cleaning or decontamination methods, other than those


recommended in this document, should be checked with a
Thermo Fisher Scientific agent to ensure that they will not
damage the instrument.

 Always wear suitable protective coverings when carrying out


cleaning using chemicals.

 Do not use chemicals which may interact with the materials of


manufacture - If in doubt contact your Thermo Fisher Scientific
agent.

 Do not use hypochlorites in strong solution.

 Do not use abrasive compounds or metal components to clean the


ClearVue or its accessories.

 Always clean up spills immediately.

 In the event of a major spillage on or around the ClearVue,


immediately disconnect the instrument from the Mains supply,
and do not reconnect until the instrument has been thoroughly
dried and check by a Thermo Fisher Service Engineer.

 Potentially lethal voltages in excess of 110V a.c. are present


within the ClearVue - Do not remove any access covers.

76
A79210100_06

 Disconnect the ClearVue from the Mains before cleaning.

 Inspect the instrument for obvious damage or wear whenever it is


being cleaned.

77
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4.2 Replacing seals


There are two user-serviceable seals on the ClearVue, located on the Mountant Bottle
spout and the Xylene Tray. If these seals become encrusted with Mountant their ability
to create a good seal is impaired and they must be replaced.
To remove the O-Ring seal on the Mountant Bottle spout:
1. Ensure that there are no Baskets currently being processed within the ClearVue.
2. Unscrew and remove the Mountant Bottle cap.

3. Identify the black O-Ring seal at the base of the Mountant Bottle spout (shown here
in yellow).

4. Use a pair of scissors or wire-cutters to carefully cut the O-Ring seal, ensuring none of
the surfaces of the Mountant Bottle are damaged in the process.
5. Replace with a new seal:

78
A79210100_06

Note:
The diagrams show the Mountant bottle spout seal replacement, but the technique is common to
the Xylene tray seal also.

A. Carefully stretch the O-Ring B. Once it is over the C. Allow the O-Ring seal to snap
seal to fit over the Retaining Retaining surface, roll into place, then ensure it is
surface. it towards the Recess. properly seated in the Recess.

To remove the O-Ring seal on the Xylene Tray:


Xylene is harmful

1. Ensure that there are no Baskets currently being processed within the ClearVue.
2. Taking care not to spill any remaining xylene, remove the Xylene Tray and empty out
any xylene.

79
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3. Identify the black O-Ring seal (shown here in yellow).

4. Use a pair of scissors or wire-cutters to carefully cut the O-Ring seal, ensuring none of
the surfaces of the Xylene Tray are damaged in the process.
5. Replace with a new seal.
Refer to Sections 5.2 and 5.3 for information about cleaning the Mountant bottle spout
seal and the Xylene tray seal respectively.

80
A79210100_06

4.3 Remove the mountant bottle


Take precautions when dealing with Xylene!

After Flushing the system with Xylene during the initial set-up of the ClearVue, the
Mountant Bottle needs to be emptied of any remaining Xylene.
To remove the mountant bottle:
1. Remove the mountant bottle cap by twisting it anti-clockwise to loosen it.

2. Lift off the mountant bottle collar.

81
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3. Insert the Allen key (as provided) into the Mountant Bottle fitting connector. Turn
the Allen key anti-clockwise to loosen the bottle and lift the bottle out of the
ClearVue.

Do not disconnect the pipes!

4. Carefully dispose of any remaining Xylene in the Mountant Bottle.

Do not attempt to stand the bottle up when detached from the


instrument!

Reverse the above instructions to reassemble.

82
A79210100_06

4.4 Prepare the ClearVue for storage


If the ClearVue is to be taken out of operation for a long period of time, or put into
storage, ensure the following procedures have been followed:
 Empty the Mountant bottle and clean with xylene
 Flush the system with xylene
 Cap the Mountant dispense needle
 Empty the Dispense head cleaning station
 Empty the Xylene tray
 Ensure the instrument has been thoroughly cleaned and decontaminated as necessary
 Re-pack it into its original packing (see Appendix C2)
If the ClearVue has been used with, or has come into contact with,
hazardous material, ensure that the appropriate decontamination
procedures have been followed (See World Health Organization
'Laboratory Biosafety Manual').
If the ClearVue has been out of operation for a month or longer,
ensure any Mountant is fully removed by performing a Flush cycle
using xylene.

83
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5 - Cleaning
The following sections give details on how to carry out basic cleaning procedures.
If a problem occurs which is not covered in these sections contact the Thermo Fisher
Scientific Service Department.
5.1 Mountant bottle cap
5.2 Mountant bottle seal
5.3 Xylene tray seal
5.4 Dispense head cleaning station
5.5 Suction cup
5.6 Slip dispense carriage
5.7 Mountant dispense needle
5.8 Touch screen
5.9 Slip dispense skirt
5.10 Gripper return plate
5.11 Slide grippers
5.12 Coverslip transfer head
5.13 Camera

84
A79210100_06

5.1 Cleaning the mountant bottle cap


Take precautions when dealing with Xylene!

If the Mountant bottle cap becomes encrusted with Mountant and difficult to open, the
following procedures should be followed to remove and clean the bottle cap:
To remove the mountant bottle cap:

1. Place the Cap removal 2. Turn anti-clockwise by 3. Turn clockwise by a


tool over the Mountant half a turn. quarter of a turn. Repeat
bottle cap. steps 2 & 3 until cap is
fully removed.

Once the Mountant bottle cap has been removed, the following cleaning procedure
should be followed:
1. Use a xylene soaked cloth to remove any dried Mountant from the bottle spout. Pay
particular attention to the threaded portion and its 3 cut-outs.

85
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2. Replace the Mountant bottle cap.

Hand tighten the Mountant bottle cap only - do not use the cap
removal tool!

86
A79210100_06

5.2 Cleaning the mountant bottle seal


Take precautions when dealing with Xylene!

To remove the O-Ring seal:


1. Ensure that there are no Baskets currently being processed within the ClearVue.
2. Unscrew and remove the Mountant bottle cap:

A. Place the Cap B. Turn anti-clockwise by C. Turn clockwise by a


removal tool over the half a turn. quarter of a turn. Repeat
Mountant bottle cap. steps B & C until cap is
fully removed.

3. Identify the black O-Ring seal at the base of the Mountant bottle spout (shown here
in yellow).

4. Carefully prise the O-Ring seal from its seat, ensuring none of the surfaces of the
Mountant bottle are damaged in the process.

Do not use a blade to remove the seal as injury may occur.

5. Manoeuvre the O-Ring seal over the large diameter threaded portion of the Mountant
bottle spout.

87
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

6. Roll the O-Ring seal up the spout until it comes off.

To clean the seal:


1. Use a xylene-damp cloth to remove any encrusted Mountant from the seal.
2. Check the seal for signs of tearing or splitting, and replace if necessary.
3. Refit the seal when fully dry.

A. Carefully stretch the O-Ring B. Once it is over the C. Allow the O-Ring seal to snap
seal to fit over the Retaining Retaining surface, roll into place, then ensure it is
surface. it towards the Recess. properly seated in the Recess.

88
A79210100_06

5.3 Cleaning the Xylene tray seal


Take precautions when dealing with Xylene!

To remove the O-Ring from the Xylene tray:


1. Ensure that there are no Baskets currently being processed within the ClearVue.

2. Taking care not to spill any remaining xylene, remove the Xylene tray and empty out
any xylene.

3. Identify the black O-Ring seal (shown here as yellow).

4. Carefully prise the O-Ring seal from its seat, ensuring none of the surfaces of the
Xylene tray are damaged in the process.

Do not use a sharp object to prise the seal out.

5. Manoeuvre the O-Ring seal onto the larger adjacent portion of the Xylene tray.

89
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

6. Roll the O-Ring seal along the surface of this portion until it comes off.

7. Carefully guide the O-Ring seal over the rest of the Xylene tray until it is clear.

To clean the seal:


1. Use a xylene-damp cloth to remove any encrusted Mountant from the seal.

2. Check the seal for signs of tearing or splitting, and replace if necessary.

3. Refit the seal when fully dry.

90
A79210100_06

5.4 Cleaning the dispense head cleaning station


Take precautions when dealing with Xylene!

To clean the dispense head cleaning station:


1. From the Main menu, press the Mountant key on the touch screen.

2. Press the Access key.

3. Press the Start key.

4. Wait for activity within the ClearVue to stop, and Access Ready to flash.

5. Open the Access door.

6. The cleaning station is now accessible: carefully pull it upwards to remove from its
fixing.

91
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

7. Remove the lid and dispose of the contents according to local regulations.

8. Use a xylene damp cloth to clean all the surfaces of the cleaning station including the
top of the internal parts.

92
A79210100_06

9. Refill to about ¾ full with xylene.

10. Reassemble the cleaning station and refit into the ClearVue.

93
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

11. Top up the cleaning station:

A. Drip Xylene into the dispense head cleaning station until it is at a level where it
can be seen in the central well (approx. 18ml).

B. Use the end of the pipette to push the central well down, to ensure that the xylene
levels are consistent.

C. Make sure that the central well re-seats itself properly.

12. When finished, close the Access door and press the Complete key on the screen.

94
A79210100_06

5.5 Cleaning the suction cup


Take precautions when dealing with Xylene!

Remove the suction cup:


1. Open the Access door.

2. Remove the Coverslip transfer head:

A. Identify the Coverslip B. Pull the thumbscrew C. Note the position of


transfer head and loosen out to release the the Coverslip transfer
the thumbscrew by coverslip transfer head. head and then remove it
turning it anti-clockwise. from the Location pins.

95
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3. Remove the Suction cup by pushing down from the top of the rubber.

Clean the suction cup:


1. When removed from the coverslip transfer head, soak the suction cup in xylene.
2. Ensure that all Mountant is cleared from the inside of the suction cup, especially the
bellows. A cotton-bud (Q-tip) can be used to wipe the internal surfaces.

3. Remove the suction cup from the xylene and allow to air-dry. Make sure the suction
cup is fully dry before refitting.

96
A79210100_06

Refit the suction cup:


1. Push it onto the suction cup fitting.

2. Ensure the suction cup protrudes from the base of the coverslip transfer head.

3. Replace the Coverslip transfer head:

97
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

A. Reposition the Coverslip transfer head as required.

B. Replace the Coverslip transfer head onto the Location pins in either the Default
or Central position. Tighten the Thumbscrew by turning it clockwise.

98
A79210100_06

C. The Reference mark on the top of the Coverslip transfer head indicates which
position it is in: either the Default or End position.

99
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5.6 Cleaning the slip dispense carriage


To clean the Slip dispense carriage:
1. Open the Access door.

2. Remove the Coverslip hopper by pulling it towards the front of the ClearVue and
then lifting it gently upwards.

3. Without turning the Coverslip hopper upside down, check the bottom of the Hopper
for any broken Coverslips.
Broken glass may be present!

Carefully remove any broken coverslips.

100
A79210100_06

4. Using the Brush provided, clear the top of the Slip dispense carriage of any glass
debris.

5. Make sure the Groove and vacuum ports are clear of glass dust. If the Vacuum ports
are blocked use an implement (less than 1mm (0.039”) dia.) to push the blockage
through.

6. Remove the Slip dispense skirt and clean in the recess (see Section 5.9).

101
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

7. Move the Slip Dispense Carriage forwards if necessary by pressing the Access button
on the Mountant Screen and then following the steps given in Section 2-10 for access
to the Dispense Head Cleaning Station.

102
A79210100_06

5.7 Cleaning the mountant dispense needle


Take precautions when dealing with Xylene!

Remove the mountant dispense needle assembly:


1. Open the Access door.

2. Unscrew the Mountant dispense needle assembly and lift it out of the Support arm.

Do not disconnect the tubing!

103
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Clean and replace the dispense needle:


1. Place the needle assembly in a container of xylene and allow to soak overnight.
2. When the Needle is clean, replace the Mountant dispense needle assembly in the
Support arm.
3. Screw the needle assembly back in by hand.

Take care not to screw the Mountant dispense needle assembly in


cross-threaded as this will damage the support arm.
Do not use a wrench.

After cleaning:
 Flush the system
Ensure the Dispense head cleaning station is topped up

104
A79210100_06

5.8 Cleaning the touch screen


Do not use solvents to clean the touch screen. Wiping the touch
screen when the Cleaning screen is NOT displayed may cause
unexpected results.

To clean the touch screen display:


1. From the Main menu press the Options key on the touch screen.

2. Press the Clean key.

3. The Cleaning screen displays, in which it is possible to touch the screen without any
effect. A countdown timer shows how long the cleaning screen will continue to be
displayed for.

4. To clean the touch screen, wipe with a soft, water-damp cloth. Thoroughly dry using
a lint-free cloth.

105
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5.9 Cleaning the slip dispense skirt


If the Slip dispense skirt becomes covered in glass dust it can be removed and cleaned.
Clean the Slip dispense skirt:
1. Open the Access door.

2. Identify the slip dispense skirt.

106
A79210100_06

3. Lift the slip dispense skirt out of the Mounting slot.


4. Wipe any glass dust off the Slip dispense skirt with a dry paper towel.
5. Replace the Slip dispense skirt into the mounting slot and ensure that it is pushed
fully down so that it rests on the lower Location pin.

107
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5.10 Cleaning the gripper return plate


Take precautions when dealing with Xylene!

To clean the Gripper return plate in-situ:


1. Open the Access door.

2. Locate the Gripper return plate.

108
A79210100_06

3. Use a pipette to drip xylene onto the Gripper return plate.

Pay particular attention to the areas where the plate contacts any
other surfaces.

Ensure that the Gripper return plate can move freely from side to
side.

109
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

If the Gripper return plate is heavily contaminated with Mountant, remove it for a more
thorough clean:
1. Locate the Gripper return plate.
2. Using the protruding handle, pull the Gripper return plate to the right and then up.
It should now lift off its Location pins:

3. Soak the Gripper return plate in xylene to remove any Mountant. Use xylene to clean
the Location pins and other contact areas.
4. Replace the Gripper return plate:

Ensure that the Gripper return plate can move freely from side to
side.

110
A79210100_06

5.11 Cleaning the slide grippers


The Slide grippers remove the slides from the Basket and hold them in place during
coverslipping. They are self-cleaning and should only require manual cleaning during the
annual service.
However, in certain situations it may be necessary to perform additional cleaning;
particularly in the following cases:
 Excessive overspill of Mountant

 Mountant spraying due to failure to top up the Mountant Bottle

 Debris stuck in the Gripper Jaw

Do not, under any circumstances, use abrasive cleaners,


abrasive materials or unapproved solvents to clean the
painted surface of the Long gripper.
Damage to the painted surface of the Long gripper will
impair the performance of the ClearVue, and may, in
extreme cases cause the instrument to stop functioning or
break slides.
Be cautious of Xylene fumes!

To clean the Slide grippers:


1. Switch off the ClearVue.

2. Open the Access door.

111
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3. Identify the Slide grippers. To improve access to the Slide grippers, push the Basket
unload bracket as far over to the left as it will go.

4. Remove the Gripper return plate.

5. Remove any debris from the 'V’ in each Gripper.

Do not use force to remove debris.

6. If the debris is stuck with dried Mountant, use a pipette to apply xylene to soften the
Mountant to allow removal.

112
A79210100_06

7. Use a xylene-damp cloth to wipe any dried Mountant from the Slide grippers. Pay
particular attention to both of the surfaces of the ’V’ on both of the Gripper jaws.

113
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5.12 Cleaning the coverslip transfer head


Take precautions when dealing with Xylene!

If the internal airway in the Coverslip transfer head becomes blocked it can be cleaned as
follows:
1. Remove the Coverslip transfer head:

A. Identify the B. Pull the C. Note the position of


Coverslip transfer thumbscrew out to the Coverslip transfer
head and loosen release the coverslip head and then remove it
the thumbscrew transfer head. from the Location pins.
by turning it anti-
clockwise.

2. Detach the Pneumatic pipe from the top of the Coverslip transfer head: hold down
the blue portion of the Pneumatic connector and pull out the Pneumatic pipe.

114
A79210100_06

3. Ensure that the internal airway is free from blockages such as glass debris or dried
Mountant. The Coverslip transfer head can be soaked in xylene to aid removal of
dried Mountant.
4. Once clean, remove the Coverslip transfer head from the xylene and allow to air-dry.
5. Refit the Coverslip transfer head making sure that the Pneumatic pipe is fully inserted
into the Pneumatic connector:

A. Reposition the Coverslip transfer head as required.

115
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

B. Replace the Coverslip transfer head onto the Location pins in either the Default
or Central position. Tighten the Thumbscrew by turning it clockwise.

C. The Reference mark on the top of the Coverslip transfer head indicates which
position it is in: either the Default or End position.

Note:
Pull firmly on the Pneumatic pipe to check that it is correctly fitted into the Pneumatic
connectors.

Failure to ensure that the Pneumatic Pipe is properly connected may


result in poor coverslipping performance.

116
A79210100_06

5.13 Cleaning the camera


Never use solvents or water to clean the camera. Never clean the
camera with the ClearVue switched on.
To clean the Camera:
1. Switch off the ClearVue.
2. Open the Access door.

117
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3. Push the Basket-Open bracket to allow access to the Camera.

4. Carefully wipe the Camera lens using a lint-free cloth.


5. Close the Access door and restart the ClearVue.
Note:
Cleaning the camera is Not a routine maintenance task, and should only be done if advised by
a Thermo Fisher Service Engineer.

118
A79210100_06

6 - Troubleshooting
6.1 Error screens
6.2 Perform a bead test
6.3 Identifying problems with slides
6.4 Troubleshooting tables
6.4.1 Machine dead - no power
6.4.2 Dispense needle dirty/blocked
6.4.3 Slide jams
6.4.4 Coverslip misdispense
6.4.5 Coverslip misdispense (cont'd)
6.4.6 Breaking coverslips
6.4.7 Basket jams
6.4.8 Breaking slides
6.4.9 Mountant overspill
6.4.10 Skewed coverslips
6.4.11 Slides not coverslipped
6.4.12 Part broken coverslips
6.4.13 Slides too wet
6.5 Diagnosis flowchart

119
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

6.1 Error screens


If an error occurs an alert will be displayed on the Touch screen.

Pressing the flashing Error message will display an Error Screen which provides one or
more of the following options to rectify the error.

The specific Error Screens explain the options available.


If it is necessary to call the Thermo Fisher Scientific Service Department they will ask for
the Engineer’s Code which is displayed in the top, right-hand corner of the Error screen.

120
A79210100_06

6.2 Perform a bead test


The Bead Test is used to lay down lines of Mountant on slides, which remain
uncoverslipped to allow inspection of the dispense quality.
Note:
The Bead Test will typically lay down a line of Mountant suitable for the last type of coverslips
that were used during processing.
If the instrument has just been switched On, or the Clear Count button on the Main Menu
has been pressed, the Bead Test will lay down a line of Mountant in the default position (50mm
coverslip, end position).
To perform a Bead Test:
1. From the Main menu press the Options key on the Touch screen.

2. Press the Slip Position key.

3. Open all 4 doors on the instrument.

4. Place a Basket of dry slides on the Load rail. Do not close the Load door.

5. Touch the image of the coverslip.

121
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

6. The image of the coverslip will disappear and the ClearVue will emit an ascending
tone.

7. Close all the doors to begin processing the Basket.

8. When processing is complete, remove the Basket and lay the slides out on a flat
surface.

Note:
The Mountant will run when it is still a liquid, so ensure the slides are kept flat at all times.
Check the quality of the prepared slide (see Section 6.3)

122
A79210100_06

6.3 Identifying problems with slides


The quality of prepared slides can be used to help troubleshooting on the ClearVue. Any
problems can then be solved either by the operator or by a Service Engineer.
The two states which can be observed are:
 Quality of Mountant dispense (see Perform a Bead Test)

 Quality of coverslipped slide

Correct Mountant dispense appearance:

 Small initial drop

 Uniform middle strip of Mountant

 Larger drop at end, close to, but not encroaching on the frosted area

The Diagnosis flowchart is intended to aid in the diagnosis of problems relating to the
quality of the Mountant dispense (see Section 6.5).
Correct appearance of coverslipped slide:

 Minimal overspill of Mountant at the frosted end of slide

 Coverslipped area free from bubbles

 Coverslipped area totally covered in Mountant

123
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 Minimum Mountant overspill over the rest of the coverslip perimeter

 Coverslip positioned correctly on slide

Note:
There may be a slight variation in the position of the Coverslip depending on the quality of the
Coverslips used.

124
A79210100_06

6.3.1 Prepared slides - troubleshooting (i)


Description of slide Possible cause Solution

Multiple bubbles visible at non- Suction cup Remove Suction cup and
frosted end of slide contaminated or clean using a xylene-damp
broken cloth.
Note: Dry suction cup fully
before refitting.
Replace Suction cup
Ensure pipe to Coverslip
transfer head is properly
inserted

Offset coverslip Use only 40mm


transfer head used coverslips, or replace the
with incorrect size offset coverslip transfer
coverslip head with original (black
or silver coloured)

Offset coverslip Call Thermo Fisher


transfer head put Service department for
onto early production advice.
model (silver in
colour)

Straight line of bubbles down the Suction cup Remove Suction cup and
length of slide contaminated with clean using a xylene-damp
Mountant cloth
Note: Dry suction cup fully
before refitting

Dispense Head too Perform Bead test


high

Air in Pipes or Flush system to ensure


Syringe bubbles have been expelled

Multiple non-uniform bubbles Contaminated Check quality and levels of


reagents staining reagents, and

125
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

replace if necessary.

Incompatible Ensure that all chemicals


chemicals used used are on the Approved
 Often down one side of slide Reagents list

 Various sizes of bubbles If problems persist contact


your Thermo Fisher
Scientific Representative
for advice.

Instrument not level Level instrument using the


levelling feet.

126
A79210100_06

6.3.2 Prepared slides - troubleshooting (ii)


Description of slide Possible cause Solution

Single bubble at Non-frosted end Dispense Head too Check Dispense Head is
of slide high fully screwed down
Contact Thermo Fisher
Scientific Service
department

Often located underneath the Suction cup Remove and clean Suction
Suction cup contaminated with cup using a xylene-damp
Mountant cloth
Note: Dry suction cup fully
before refitting

Offset Coverslip Use only 40mm


Transfer Head used coverslips, or replace the
with incorrect size Offset Transfer Head with
coverslip the original one (black or
silver coloured)

Offset Coverslip Call Thermo Fisher


Transfer Head put Service Department for
onto early production advice
model (silver in colour)

Single bubble at Frosted end of Dispense Head too Check Dispense Head is
slide high fully screwed down
Contact Thermo Fisher
Scientific Service
department

Air in Pipes or Syringe Flush system to ensure all


bubbles have been expelled

Coverslip contacting Reduce Mountant volume


the Mountant before Contact Thermo Fisher
the Transfer Head has Scientific Service
slowed down

127
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Department

Non-approved Use approved Mountant


Mountant used

128
A79210100_06

6.3.3 Prepared slides - troubleshooting (iii)


Description of slide Possible cause Solution

Microbubbles Old Mountant  Dispose of the Mountant

 Flush the system with Xylene

 Refill the Mountant bottle


from a new, unopened bottle
of approved Mountant and
Flush through the system

Contaminated  Dispose of the Mountant


Mountant (via
thinning)  Flush the system with Xylene

 Refill the Mountant bottle and


Flush through the system

Unapproved  Dispose of the Mountant


Mountant with an
extreme of viscosity  Flush the system with Xylene

 Refill the Mountant bottle


with an approved Mountant
and Flush through the system

Slides too dry  Ensure Xylene tray is topped


up

 Carry the baskets to the


ClearVue immersed in
Xylene and drain gently
before loading onto the input

129
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

rail

 Ensure errors are cleared


promptly, or abort the basket
and store in Xylene while the
error is resolved

 Load one basket at a time

Water/alcohol Replace the Stainer Reagents


contamination ensuring the water level is lower
from Stainer than the alcohol (which is lower
than the Xylene). Ensure the
alcohol concentrations are
correct.

130
A79210100_06

6.3.4 Prepared slides - troubleshooting (iv)


Description of slide Possible cause Solution

Distinct area with no mountant Debris under the  Ensure coverslips are
coverslip
free from debris and
dust

 Ensure Slip Dispense


 Area of coverslip is not stuck to Area is free of debris
slide
and dust

Very low volume on  Ensure an appropriate


Mountant, AND
amount of Mountant
slide is very dry
is being dispensed

 Ensure Xylene Tray is


filled

 Ensure slides are


appropriately coated
with xylene

Strip of no mountant Poor quality (bowed) Replace with better


coverslips quality (non-bowed)
coverslips

 A distinct line of coverslip is not


stuck to slide

131
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

6.4 Troubleshooting tables


 The ClearVue does not respond when the mains power is switched on

 The ClearVue is switched ON but the screen is blank

 Mountant dispense needle dirty/blocked

 Slide jams

 Coverslip misdispense

 Breaking coverslips

 Basket jams

 Part broken coverslip on slide

 Breaking slides

 Too much Mountant overspill

 Slides are too wet when removed from the Unload rail

 Skewed coverslips

 Slides not coverslipped

132
A79210100_06

6.4.1 Machine dead - no power

Problem Cause Solution

The ClearVue does not The ClearVue is still Wait approximately 30 seconds for
respond when the mains starting-up. the start-up sequence to finish.
power is switched on.

No power supply. Connect the power lead and switch


on the mains power at the socket
and the instrument.

The mains fuses have  Replace the mains fuse.


blown.
 Replace the instrument fuses.
Note: Only a technically
competent person should replace
fuses.

Other error. Call Thermo Fisher Service Team


for support.

The ClearVue is switched Instrument in Touch the screen to exit Standby


ON but the screen is Standby mode, mode.
blank. Screensaver is on.

Other error. Call Thermo Fisher Service Team


for support.

133
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

6.4.2 Dispense needle dirty/blocked

Problem Cause Solution

Mountant dispense Low xylene level in Dispense Refill the Dispense head
needle dirty/blocked. head cleaning station. cleaning station fully

Quick drying Mountant has  Use an approved Mountant


formed a skin on the Needle.
 Contact your Thermo
Fisher Product Specialist
for advice.

Dispense head cleaning Call Thermo Fisher Service


station not functioning Team for support.
correctly.

134
A79210100_06

6.4.3 Slide jams

Problem Cause Solution

Slide Basket Slide Retainer is not Ensure the Slide Retainer is fully closed
jams. fully closed. prior to loading the basket.

Chipped or broken slide Ensure only undamaged slides are loaded


loaded into basket. into the instrument.

Damaged or broken basket. Replace basket.

Gripper Return Plate stuck. Clean the Gripper return plate.

Gripper Return Plate not Re-fit Gripper return plate.


fitted correctly.

Skewed slide loaded into Ensure slides are loaded correctly into the
basket. basket.

Incorrect size of slide. Refer to Section 1-2 for maximum


permissible slide sizes.

Build up of dried Mountant Clean or replace basket.


on basket.

Dirty camera lens. Clean the camera lens.

Other error. Call Thermo Fisher Service Team for


support.

135
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

6.4.4 Coverslip misdispense

Problem Cause Solution

Coverslip Hopper empty. Load new hopper


misdispense.

Hopper not loaded Load hopper correctly


correctly.

Broken slip(s) jamming Clear broken slip(s) from hopper.


hopper.

Hopper worn due to re- Use new hopper.


use.

Moisture causing Remove affected coverslips from the


coverslips to stick bottom of the hopper. For best results use
together. ClearVue Pre-Loaded Hoppers.

Debris on Slip Dispense Clean Slip dispense carriage


Carriage.

Mountant on Coverslip Clean Suction cup


Transfer Head Suction
Cup.

Loss of vacuum on Clean Suction cup


Coverslip Transfer Head
If this is ineffective call Thermo Fisher
Suction Cup. Service Team for support.

136
A79210100_06

6.4.5 Coverslip misdispense (cont'd)

Problem Cause Solution

Coverslip Suction Cup not fitted Ensure Suction Cup is pushed fully up
misdispense correctly. against the metal collar and does not
(cont'd) protrude more than 1mm.

Faulty/damaged Suction Replace Suction Cup


Cup.

Coverslip Transfer Head Clean and unblock Coverslip Transfer


blocked by debris. Head

Incorrect size of Refer to Section 1-2 for permissible


coverslip. coverslip options

Slip Dispense Skirt Check Skirt and clean or replace as


dirty, worn or missing. necessary

Mountant dried on Slip Clean Slip Dispense Carriage


Dispense Carriage. If this is ineffective call Thermo Fisher
Service Team.

Loss of vacuum on Slip Clean Slip Dispense Carriage


Dispense Carriage. If this is ineffective call Thermo Fisher
Service Team.

Other error. Call Thermo Fisher Service Team.

137
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

6.4.6 Breaking coverslips

Problem Cause Solution

Breaking Broken slip in hopper. Clear broken slips from hopper.


coverslips

Moisture causing Remove affected coverslips from the bottom


coverslips to stick of the hopper. For best results use ClearVue
together. Pre-Loaded Hoppers .

Debris on Slip Clean the Slip Dispense Carriage


Dispense Carriage.

Incorrect size of Refer to Section 1-2 for permissible coverslip


coverslip. options.

Faulty Coverslip Replace the Suction Cup


Transfer Head
Suction Cup.

Mountant dried on Clean the Slip Dispense Carriage


Slip Dispense
Carriage.

Loss of vacuum on Call Thermo Fisher Service Team for


Slip Dispense support.
Carriage.

Slip Dispense Skirt Replace Slip Dispense Skirt


worn or missing.

Other error. Call Thermo Fisher Service Team for


support.

138
A79210100_06

6.4.7 Basket jams

Problem Cause Solution

Basket Unload rail full. Remove Baskets from Unload Rail.


jams

Basket Slide Retainer not Ensure Slide Retainer is fully closed prior
fully closed. to loading basket.

Damaged or broken basket. Replace basket.

Incorrect size of slide. Refer to Section 1-2 for maximum


permissible slide sizes.

Build-up of dried Mountant Clean or replace basket.


on basket.

Other error. Call Thermo Fisher Service Team for


support.

139
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

6.4.8 Breaking slides


Problem Cause Solution

Breaking Poor quality slides used. Use high quality slides.


slides

Basket Slide Retainer not fully Ensure Slide Retainer is fully closed
closed. prior to loading basket.

Chipped or broken slide Ensure only undamaged slides are


loaded into basket. loaded into instrument.

Slide loaded into basket Ensure slides are correctly loaded into
incorrectly. baskets.

Gripper Return Plate stuck. Remove and clean Gripper Return


Plate

Damaged or broken basket. Replace basket.

Incorrect size of slide. Refer to Section 1-2 for maximum


permissible slide sizes.

Build up of dried Mountant Clean or replace basket.


on basket.

Incorrectly fitted Transfer Ensure Suction Cup is fitted correctly


Head Suction Cup.

Transfer Head Pads clogged Clean Transfer Head


with Mountant.

Dirty camera lens. Clean camera lens

Other error. Call Thermo Fisher Service Team

140
A79210100_06

for support.

141
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

6.4.9 Mountant overspill

Problem Cause Solution

Too much Too much xylene carry- Shake Basket to remove excess
Mountant overspill over from staining. xylene before loading.

Too much Mountant being Reduce volume of Mountant


dispensed. dispensed

Coverslip too close to the Alter Coverslip position


end of the Slide.

Air in system. Flush system until all air is


expelled from the pipes

Damaged Dispense Head. Call Thermo Fisher Service


Team for support.

Other error. Call Thermo Fisher Service


Team for support.

142
A79210100_06

6.4.10 Skewed coverslips

Problem Cause Solution

Skewed Baskets not stored level when Ensure Drying Rack is on a level
coverslips Slides are wet. surface.

Insufficient drying time Leave Baskets on the Unload Rail for


allowed. a minimum of 15 minutes.

Slip Dispense Skirt dirty or Clean or replace Slip Dispense Skirt


worn.

Suction Cup dirty or worn. Clean or replace Suction Cup

Gripper Return Plate is dirty Clean Gripper Return Plate


or stuck.

Slip Dispense Carriage Clean Slip Dispense Carriage vacuum


vacuum ports clogged. ports

Transfer Head Pads stuck. Clean Transfer Head Pads.

Other Error. Call Thermo Fisher Service Team


for support.

143
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

6.4.11 Slides not coverslipped

Problem Cause Solution

Slides not Gripper return plate is stuck with Clean Gripper Return Plate.
coverslipped mountant and prevents the gripper
jaws closing fully on the slide (User
Error 28).
ClearVue is not seeing the slides (No Adjust the Slide Sensing
User Error). Parameter.

Access or Debris Tray door opened at Do not open the Access or


the wrong time. Debris Tray door unless the
ClearVue has stopped.
Other Error. Call Thermo Fisher
Service Team for support.

144
A79210100_06

6.4.12 Part broken coverslips

Problem Cause Solution

Part broken coverslip Poor quality  Replace coverslips.


on slide coverslips.
 Use new hopper.

Dirty or worn Suction  Clean or replace Suction Cup


Cup.
 Check adjacent slides for
contamination.

145
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

6.4.13 Slides too wet

Problem Cause Solution

Slides are too wet Insufficient drying time Leave Baskets on the Unload Rail
when removed allowed. for a minimum of 15 minutes.
from the Unload
rail.
Too much xylene carry- Shake Basket to remove excess
over from staining. xylene before loading.

Filter not fitted. Fit Filter.

Filter switch damaged. Call Thermo Fisher Service Team


for support.

Other error. Call Thermo Fisher Service Team


for support.

146
A79210100_06

6.5 Diagnosis flowchart

147
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Appendix A1 - Accessories
Item Part Number
Coverslip Hopper, Pk. of 2 (24 x 40mm, #1.5, 500 off) A79210050
Coverslip Hopper, Pk. of 2 (24 x 50mm, #1.5, 500 off) A79210051
Coverslip Hopper, Pk. of 2 (24 x 55mm, #1.5, 500 off) A79210052
Coverslip Hopper, Pk. of 20 (24 x 40mm, #1.5, 500 off) A79210074
Coverslip Hopper, Pk. of 20 (24 x 50mm, #1.5, 500 off) A79210075
Coverslip Hopper, Pk. of 20 (24 x 55mm, #1.5, 500 off) A79210076
Gemini Basket with Black Slide Retainer (Pk of 5) A79210064
Gemini Basket with White Slide Retainer (Pk of 5) A79210065
V24 Basket with Black Slide Retainer (Pk of 5) A79210069
V24 Basket with White Slide Retainer (Pk of 5) A79210070
Sakura Basket with Black Slide Retainer (Pk of 5) A79210066
Sakura Basket with White Slide Retainer (Pk of 5) A79210067
Leica Basket with Black Slide Retainer (Pk of 5) A79210072
Leica Basket with White Slide Retainer (Pk of 5) A79210073
Vent Extraction Kit A79210080
V24 Kit A79210071
Sakura Hanger Kit (Pk of 5) A79210068
Cytology Loading Tray A79210092
Offset Coverslip Transfer Head Kit A79210099
Shandon ClearVue Mount XYL 4212
Shandon ClearVue Mount 4211

148
A79210100_06

Appendix A2 - Spare parts


Item Part Number
Fuse Kit (Pk of 2) A79210104
Carbon Filter 9990610
Carbon Filter (Pk of 6) 7411258
Slip Dispense Skirt and Support A79210095
Suction Cup (Pk of 3) A79210081
Dispense Head Cleaning Station A79210027
Mountant Bottle (Complete) A79210045
Mountant Bottle Seal Kit A79210096
Xylene Tray Seal AP15283
Gripper Return Plate A79210158
Soft Hair Brush P12257
Pure Bristle Brush P12940

149
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Appendix B - Approved Reagents


Reagents
 Xylene

 Toluene

 Ethanol

 Industrial Methylated Spirit (IMS) - up to 5% methanol in ethanol

 Isopropanol (IPA)

 Water

 Sodium Hypochlorite (10% in water)

Mountants
 Shandon ClearVue Mount XYL

 Shandon ClearVue Mount

Note:
All Mountants are available from Thermo Fisher Scientific.

150
A79210100_06

Appendix C1 - Things to do before packing


Ensure the instructions for cleaning have been followed.
Discard chemicals according to local environmental procedures.

 Remove the Debris Tray:

1. Remove any discarded glass

2. Clean any Mountant off

3. Dry

 Remove the Dispense head cleaning station:

1. Discard any liquid

2. Clean with xylene

3. Dry

 Remove the Xylene tray:

1. Discard any liquid

2. Dry

 Remove the Coverslip Hopper

 Remove the Gripper return plate

 Remove the Slip dispense skirt

 Remove the Dispense head and place in a suitable container to allow it to drain

 Remove the Mountant Bottle and rinse with xylene, or replace with a fresh bottle

 Pour 25ml of xylene into the clean Mountant Bottle and Flush the system

 Replace the Dispense Head

 When the Flush cycle is complete, check that the Mountant Bottle Cap is clear of
Mountant

151
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 Place the Dispense Head Cap over the Dispense Head Needle to prevent the
xylene which remains in the system from leaking out during transit

Approximately 5ml of xylene will remain in the system - follow good


laboratory practice when packing and unpacking.

 Disconnect the Power Lead

 Ensure the Battery Switch has been set to the off ’O’ position

 Follow the Packing Instructions

152
A79210100_06

Appendix C2 - Packing instructions

153
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Appendix D1 - Main menu

154
A79210100_06

Appendix D2 - Mountant system screens

155
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Appendix D3 - Options screens

156
A79210100_06

Appendix E - Declaration of Conformity

157
A79210101_04
1 - Technical Description
1-1 Introduction and Safety
1-2 General Description
1-3 Basic Structure
1-4 Electronics Assembly

159
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

1-1 Introduction and Safety


Welcome to the ClearVue; a fully automated, enclosed coverslipper intended for use in
pathology and histology laboratories by appropriately trained medical laboratory
technicians.
The purpose of this Service Manual is to enable a qualified Thermo Fisher Scientific
engineer to maintain the ClearVue in good condition.

Safety

The Safety and Warranty Booklet (A79910001) and the ClearVue Operator Guide
(A79210100) should both have been read and understood before using this instrument.
In addition, the following statements must be read and understood before commencing
any work on the ClearVue.
i. Potentially lethal voltages above 110Vac are present inside this instrument.
Do not remove any access covers unless trained to do so. Disconnect the
instrument from the mains power and switch the Battery Isolator Switch to
the off ’O’ position before carrying out any work on an area enclosed within
an access panel.
ii. The ClearVue must be properly connected to a good earth (ground) via the
mains input supply. All earth (ground) straps and connections must be
replaced correctly after service and before switching the instrument on.
iii. Wear earthing (grounding) wrist straps and earth (ground) yourself before
handling connectors or electronic components, as static electricity can
damage sensitive electronic parts. Damage from static electricity can take
weeks or months to develop.
iv. The ClearVue is heavy and requires at least 2 people to lift it.
v. As supplied, the ClearVue conforms to IEC61010-1 and IEC61010-2-101;
however the addition of chemicals introduces potential hazards. Follow good
laboratory practice when dealing with these chemicals, and be aware that
chemicals used with the ClearVue may be flammable. Do not introduce
sources of ignition into, or near, the instrument once it has been loaded with
chemicals.
vi. Refer to laboratory procedures and manufacturer’s data sheets when using
reagents. Only use reagents specified in Appendix B of the ClearVue
Operator Guide.
vii. Ensure you employ normal standards of safety and good laboratory practice.
Think about your actions - always use common sense and the best known
practice when operating the instrument.
viii. If the ClearVue has been used with materials which are toxic or
contaminated with pathogenic micro-organisms; follow the cleaning

160
A79210101_04

instructions given in Appendix C of the ClearVue Operator Guide, and


complete the Product Return Safety Certificate (See Safety and Warranty
Booklet) before servicing the instrument or returning the instrument to
Thermo.
ix. Use only factory approved accessories or replacement parts with the
ClearVue.
x. This instrument should be serviced annually by a Thermo trained engineer
in accordance with the instructions in this Service Manual.

161
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

1-2 - General Description


 The ClearVue is a high-throughput, precision engineered, slide coverslipper.
 The ClearVue has been designed for general laboratory use, and can handle
baskets from the various stainers.
 The ClearVue allows operators to load multiple baskets at once in a mix-and-
match fashion.

Special design features of the ClearVue

 Special slide baskets compatible with a variety of stainers from Thermo Scientific
and from other manufacturers.
 Compatibility with a range of coverslip sizes and positions on the slide.
 Up to 5 baskets of slides can be loaded at any one time, with the capability of
adding further baskets without interrupting coverslipping.
 A downdraft system removes unpleasant fumes away from the operator’s face
when the unload door is opened.
 Windows in the doors and internal illumination allow the operator to see the
coverslipping in progress.
 The instrument uses a touch screen with clear instructions and information.
 There is battery back-up for enhanced specimen security in the event of a power
failure.
 Baskets are available with black and white sliders which can be used to select
different mountant volumes for different specimen types.
 Pre-loaded coverslip hoppers for reduced glass handling.
 Internal camera takes images of the baskets and slides for accurate determination
of basket type, slider colour and slide positions.
 Full error recovery instructions.

162
A79210101_04

1-3 - Basic Structure


The ClearVue has a modular design and there are a number of sub-assemblies each with a
distinct function:

1-3-1 - Input Rail

The input rail acts as a buffer for the 5 baskets that can be loaded on to the ClearVue at
once. The input rail will then push each of the baskets in turn onto the lift block. The
ClearVue counts the numbers of baskets on the load rail by measuring the position of the
first latch in relation to the pop out pin as it stalls against the baskets. A xylene trough sits
below the input rail to prevent drying of slides while the baskets are waiting to be
processed.

1-3-2 - Vertical Lift and Lift Block

The basket is pushed onto the lift block and retained against 2 pins by a ball spring
pushing on the basket flag; this is essential as it holds the basket in a controlled position
for slide processing. The vertical lift carries the basket up through the ClearVue so that
the slides can be processed. At the end of processing the vertical lift then carries the
basket past the unload rail so that a cam follower can push the slider close block forwards
to partially close the basket slider; this retains the slides during unloading. After this the
basket is moved level with the unload rail ready for the basket Eject to push it onto the
unload rail.

1-3-3 - Basket Open and Lower Slide Retention

The basket open assembly opens the basket slider (basket slide retainer) after the basket is
pushed onto the lift block. After the basket is opened the slide retainer and slider pusher
are used to retain the slide in the basket as it is moved upwards. The slider pusher is
spring loaded both to ensure the basket is opened correctly and to help fully open baskets
that are loaded when partially open.

1-3-4 - Slide Guide Assembly

163
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

The slide guides main function is to guide each slide into a position where it can be both
removed from and replaced into the basket without touching the basket. To do this the
spring loaded slide guide assembly locates on the end of the basket and guides each slide
using 2 small guide surfaces and a leaf spring. The 2nd function of the slide guide is to
retain the slides in the basket after they pass above the basket open assembly and until
they are removed by the grippers.

1-3-5 - Slide Grippers

The slide grippers remove the slides from the basket and move them into the
coverslipping area. The V in each gripper jaw lifts the slide to a fixed and consistent
position for a good coverslipped slide. The gripper return plate fitted to the short gripper
jaw is used to push the slide away from the jaw even if the slide is tacky with drying
mounting media. A sensor is used to detect the position of the short jaw which gives the
ClearVue the ability to both measure and automatically adjust for different slide widths.
This same sensor also enables the ClearVue to detect if a slide has jammed when being
placed back into the basket.

1-3-6 - Coverslip Dispense

The vacuum assisted coverslip dispense takes a coverslip from the bottom of the hopper
and presents it ready to be picked up by the coverslip transfer assembly. The coverslip
dispense includes two reflective optical sensors that are used to detect the size of coverslip
as well as checking the quality of the dispensed coverslip. The coverslip dispense can
detect double dispenses, missing coverslips, broken coverslips, skewed coverslips, chipped
coverslips, and coverslips that are too long or short. A skirt is used on the coverslip
dispense to sweep rejected coverslips and debris into the debris tray.

1-3-7 - Mountant Dispense Head

164
A79210101_04

The mountant dispense head dispenses a bead of mountant onto the slide with a precisely
controlled shape. The shape of this bead is designed to flow in a certain way and allows a
coverslip to be placed on the slide without trapping any air bubbles.

1-3-8 - Coverslip Transfer Head

The coverslip transfer head picks a coverslip up off the coverslip dispense carriage and
places it onto the slide.

When the coverslip is placed correctly onto the mountant bead on a properly cleared
slide the mountant flow should be even on either side of the coverslip. The flow should
move quickly down 2/3 of the slide and then should continue slowly to the end with a
small pause before the transfer head moves away.

The shape of the transfer head, the position of the sprung pads and the suction cup are all
designed to hold the coverslip in a specific shape and position. This coverslip shape,
positional control of the coverslip transfer motor, bead shape and vacuum decay time are
all critical to ensuring that the mountant flow is correct and that coverslip is placed
without trapping any air.

The transfer head can be positioned to suit coverslips located at the end of the slide or 40
coverslips placed centrally on the slide. An optional Cytyc specific head is also available as
an accessory.

1-3-9 - Basket Eject and Upper Slide Retention

The upper slide retention is mounted on the basket eject bracket and has 2 stages. The
first stage is fixed and just ensures that the slide has not moved too far out of the basket
during index from the coverslipping position. The second stage is spring loaded and
pushes the slides against the basket so that the basket slider can be closed without
breaking any slides. After the basket has been closed by the vertical lift and returned to

165
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

the unload rail the eject bracket pushes it off the lift block and far enough along the
unload rail so that it can be unloaded by the operator.

1-3-10 - Output Rail

The output rail acts as a buffer for baskets after they have been processed on the
ClearVue, leaving the basket for 15 minutes on the output rail after processing has
finished will give much more stable coverslips that are less prone to moving.

1-3-11 - Mountant Pump Actuator and Syringe

The mountant pump dispenses a precise amount of mountant onto the slide to form the
bead. The movement of the pump is synchronised with the dispense head to ensure the
correct bead shape and mountant volume. The syringe holds 2.5ml of mountant in its
fully charged position.

1-3-12 - Cleaning Station Assembly

The cleaning station dips the dispense head needle into solvent to clean it between
baskets and to prevent dried mountant blocking the needle when the ClearVue is not in
use.

1-3-13 - Mountant Bottle

The mountant bottle is simply a reservoir for storing the mounting media. The ClearVue
has the facility to pressurize the bottle during the syringe load cycle. There is also a de-gas
option which can be used to remove air trapped in the mountant.

1-3-14 - Pneumatic Circuit

166
A79210101_04

The pneumatic circuit provides both positive pressure and a vacuum. There are two
pumps in the circuit, both of which are capable of producing either vacuum or pressure.
The first pump connects via the upper solenoid bank to the bottle and provides either
pressure for loading the syringe or vacuum for the de-gas function. The second pump is
used for vacuum only and connects via the lower solenoid bank to either the coverslip
dispense carriage or the coverslip transfer head. An extremely sensitive exhaust is
connected to the transfer head solenoid; controlling the exhaust (decay) time is critical to
getting the correct mountant flow between the coverslip and the slide (see Section 1-2-8).

1-3-15 - Covers and Filter

The covers on the ClearVue are ergonomically designed from a tough polymer material
to act both as safety covers and as a flameproof enclosure. The windows are made from
an aerospace grade material which is the clearest available that is both flameproof and
resistant to ClearVue solvents. The filter used is a standard carbon filter.

1-3-16 - Camera

The ClearVue uses a digital camera to sense the position of the gripper jaws and basket;
this enables the slides to be positioned accurately relative to the gripper jaws. When the
ClearVue is powered on and goes through its initialization routine it takes a picture of
the long jaw and uses it to assess the vertical & horizontal position of the jaw. During
processing the ClearVue also moves each basket into two different positions where
pictures can be taken of the basket. Algorithms in the software then compare the
calculated positions for basket & gripper jaw to calculate how far the basket has to be
moved to line each slide up with the gripper jaws.

167
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

1-4 - Electronics Assembly


1-4-1 - Overview

 Most of the ClearVue electronics are contained within the electronics box.
 This consists of the mains input power supply with 24VDC output; the main
board connected to the processor board via the interconnect board; the battery
charger board and the batteries (for battery backup in the event of a mains
failure).
 Some of the motors, solenoids and sensors connect directly to the main board in
the electronics box.
 In addition there are four other boards connected to the main board via ribbon
cables. The front interface board and back interface board are used to connect to
some motors, sensors, etc.; the display interface board connects to the touch
screen and some sensors; the camera interface board had the camera and
illumination LED’s.

1-4-2 - Mains inlet and power supply

 The mains inlet in the side of the electronics box has a double pole switch and two
fuses (for the live and neutral lines). It also contains a mains filter.
 The earth from the mains inlet connects directly to the primary earth stud in the
electronics box.
 The power supply has a wide AC input range. The output is 24VDC. There is a
power fail signal. The power supply contains a cooling fan.

1-4-3 - Processor Board

 The processor board runs the software to operate the instrument.


 Flash memory on the board is used to store the software, parameters, logs, etc.
 The processor communicates directly with the FPGA on the main board.
 The processor uses an I2C serial communications protocol to communicate with
various devices on the main board and on the battery board.
 During initialization the processor programmes the FPGA on the main board.
 Links - All links should be fitted.
 Link 6 is used to connect the on board battery to maintain the BIOS settings.

168
A79210101_04

1-4-4 - Main Board

 The main board carries out several functions. The power supply section generates
the required voltages from the 24V PSU input (or from the battery input). The
processor board, which plugs into the main board via the interconnect board,
writes to and reads from the FPGA (field programmable gate array) which
interfaces to the sensors and drives.

1-4-4-1 - Power Supply

Conversion from the 24V input (from the power supply or battery backup) to:
 15V - used by the battery charger and by the fan drive circuits.
 12V - used for the illumination LED’s on the camera board (switched
on the main board). Used by the display board for the screen backlight.
It also goes to the disk drive for drives requiring a 12V supply.
 5V for some of the logic and the sensors.
 3.3V for some of the logic.
 1.2V for the FPGA core power.
Note:
The 24V input from the power supply is fused (F1)

1-4-4-2 - 24V Switching

 The 24V supply to the motors is switched on only when the processor is
toggling the power watchdog timer (via the I2C bus) and when the
FPGA recognizes that the processor is active. This is used for the motor
drive circuits, the solenoid valves and the pumps.

1-4-4-3 - Power Monitoring

 I2C devices are used to monitor the power supplies. These are read by
the processor.

1-4-4-4 - Test points and LED’s

 On the edge of the board are a series of test points and LED’s - these can
be used to check the voltages.

169
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Note:
Take care if clipping probes to the test points. Avoid applying stress. These are delicate
surface mount test points and can easily be damaged (and may damage the board) if
too much stress is applied. More robust GND connections can be found on the motor
drive IC heatsinks or on the ’D’ connector screwlocks on the main board.

1-4-4-5 - Drives

 The solenoid valves, air pumps, fan drives and camera illumination LED
drives are all from the main board. These are all switched by the FPGA
under the control of the processor.

1-4-4-6 - Opto and Door Switches

 The slotted opto switches and the magnetically operated door switches
are read directly by the FPGA.

1-4-4-7 - Coverslip Optos

 The reflective opto sensors used for the coverslip detection feed into an
ADC to be read by the FPGA. They also feed the reference signals
coming from a DAC, controlled by the FPGA, into a comparators. The
outputs from the comparators are used by the FPGA to latch coverslip

170
A79210101_04

dispense motor positions. This information is used by the processor to


determine coverslip sizes, skew, double slips, etc.

1-4-4-8 - Motor Drives

 The FPGA controlled the signals to the motor drive circuits under the
control of the parameters sent determined by the processor.
 The FPGA controls the DAC’s which provide the reference signals to
determine the current drives and, where appropriate, micro stepping to
the motors.
 The motor encoder signals are read by the FPGA and used to derive the
quad positions. These are used by the processor to monitor and control
the operation of the motors.
Note:
The cleaning station motor drive does not have variable current capability or encoder
feedback.

1-4-4-9 - Camera Interface

 The FPGA controls the data flow from the camera. It saves frames, parts
of which are read by the processor to determine gripper positions, slides
in baskets, etc.

1-4-4-10 - LCD touch screen Interface

 The interface between the processor and the screen is on the main
board.

1-4-4-11 - Links

 Directly below the LED’s on the edge of the PCB are the links. The 16-
pin header takes 8 removable links.
 Links 1 to 6 are configuration links which are read directly by the
FPGA.
 Links 7 and 8 are used for configuring multiple FPGA programming.
 On ClearVue all 8 links must be fitted.

171
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 In addition to the removable links there are 2 ’hard links’. These are
fixed links on the PCB. These are used to indicate specific board build
standards.
 The status of the removable links 1 to 6, and the two hard links, can be
checked in the Production Services screens.

1-4-4-12 - Test Headers

 The 10-pin JTAG, 10-pin PROG and 16-pin TEST headers positioned
below the LINK header are for factory use.

1-4-4-13 - Fuse

 There is a fuse for the 24V power input from the PSU.

1-4-5 - Interconnect Board

 The interconnect board is a passive board which fits between the processor board
and the main board. The USB connector at the top is not used in ClearVue.

1-4-6 - Battery Board and Batteries

1-4-6-1 - Batteries

 There are two 12V 1.2Ah sealed lead acid batteries situated within the
electronics box. These are used to provide power in the event of a mains
power failure. The backup power is only intended to complete baskets of
slides being coverslipped and to ensure that the system stops in a state
where recovery of baskets of slides is simple with the minimum risk of
damage to specimens.

1-4-6-2 - Battery Chargers

 There are two independent multi-stage charging circuits, one for each
battery.
 The charge sequence is:
State 1: Trickle charge followed by bulk charge. The trickle charge
ensures that cells within the batteries are not shorted. The bulk charge is

172
A79210101_04

nominally at constant current and provides most of the charging of the


batteries.
State 2: Over charge. As the voltage reaches the required level the
constant current gradually changes to a voltage limited charge (over charge
voltage) with the current gradually decreasing.
State 3: Float charge. Once the current has dropped off to the required
level the voltage drops to the float charge level.
 On battery boards from revision 2, the charger states can be read by the
processor and are displayed in the production services screens.

1-4-6-3 - Charge / Battery Backup Switching

 When mains is present the batteries are in the charging state. When a
mains power fail is detected the relay RL3 is switched to configure the
batteries in series to provide a nominal 24V for battery backup
operation.
 When the unit is off, relays RL1 and RL2 disconnect the batteries from
the rest of the circuitry.

1-4-6-4 - Monitoring

 As well as the charge state monitoring (see above) and the links (see
below), there is voltage monitoring and temperature monitoring on the
board. The battery isolator switch state is also monitored as is the WGO
signal to monitor power fail / battery backup state.
 These monitors are all read by the processor via the serial I2C bus.

1-4-6-5 - Links

 LK1 must be fitted in position ’B’. This selects the correct power fail to
battery backup switching state for ClearVue.
 Links LK2, 3 and 4 should also be fitted.
 In addition there are two ’hard links’ which can not be changed. These
indicate the build level of the board.

1-4-6-6 - Fuses

 Each battery has its own fuse on the battery board, F1 and F2.

173
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

1-4-7 - Electronics Box - Miscellaneous Items

 There is a speaker connected to the main board. This is driven from the processor
board.
 There is a fan within the electronics box. This is driven from the main board. This
has a feedback signal to check fan speed. This fan is always on.
 The disk drive connects to the main board but is driven from the processor board.
This is used for loading software updates and for saving engineer logs.

1-4-8 - Camera Board

1-4-8-1 - Camera

 The camera is mounted on the camera interface board.


 This is used to capture images of the gripper, basket and slides in the
basket.

1-4-8-2 - Interface

 The camera interface board, under the control of the FPGA on the main
board, passes the data to the FPGA.

1-4-8-3 - Illumination LED’s

 The illumination LED’s are mounted on the camera interface board.


 These are bright when switched fully on.

Do not look directly at the LED’s when the system is


capturing an image.

1-4-8-4 - Links

 All links should be fitted.

1-4-8-5 - Auxiliary connectors

174
A79210101_04

 There are connectors for programming the camera and for analogue
video signals. These are for factory use.

1-4-9 - Front Interface Board

 This is a passive board which provides the interconnect between some of the
motors, sensors, etc. and the main board.

1-4-10 - Back Interface Board

 This provides the interconnect between some of the motors, pumps, sensors, etc.
and the main board. It also has the three vacuum/pressure transducers used to
monitor the coverslip dispense carriage suction, the coverslip pick-up suction and
the mountant bottle pressure.

1-4-11 - Motors

 All of the motors are stepper motors.


 With the exception of the cleaning station motor, all motors have encoders fitted.
 With the exception of the cleaning station motor, all motors use the same 8-way
connectors, 4 connections for the motor windings and 4 wires for the encoder.
 The cleaning station motor uses a 4-way connector for the motor windings.
 The motors are driven with various currents (up to 1.5A/phase) and with various
drive types (from full stepping to micro stepping).

1-4-12 - Sensors

 Most of the sensors are slotted opto switches.


 There are also reflective opto sensors (used for coverslip detection), magnetically
operated proximity switches (for the doors), a Hall Effect micro-switch (for the
filter) and vacuum/pressure transducers (on the back interface board).

1-4-13 - Pumps (Air)

 These connect to the back interface board.


 They utilise brushless DC motors.

175
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

1-4-14 - Solenoid valves

 The DC solenoid valves control the air flow from the pumps to/from the transfer
head for coverslip pick-up, the coverslip dispense carriage and the mountant
bottle.
 In addition a solenoid valve is used to switch the mountant pump syringe between
the dispense head and the mountant bottle.

1-4-15 - Miscellaneous Items

 There is a fume extract fan housed in the top cover. This is driven from the main
board. This has a feedback signal to check fan speed. This fan can be off (when no
filter is fitted) or may run at low speed or high speed depending on the fume
extract requirements.

176
A79210101_04

2 - Production Services
2-1 - Introduction
2-2 - PARAM Tab
2-3 - I/O Tab
2-4 - MOTOR Tab
2-5 - ENG Tab

177
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2-1 - Introduction
To access the Production Services screens use the following method:
 From the Main Menu press Options.

 From the Option menu press Disc.

 When in the Disc Options menu press the top-right, bottom-left and top-right of
the touch screen.

 The Production Services screen should now be visible.

178
A79210101_04

Production Services consists of several Tabs, each with its own


function.

The available tabs are:

Home

The Production Services welcome screen also displays the Software and FPGA Version
Numbers.
Note:
Pressing the Home Tab from any screen where it is visible will exit the Production Services area.

PARAM

This tab allows the Service Engineer to view and / or change the Parameters.

I/O

This tab shows Sensor Inputs, Switch System Outputs (eg: pumps / solenoids) and
information on Voltages and Battery Backup Status.

MOTOR

This tab allows the Service Engineer to take control of each of the individual motors.

ENG

This tab allows the Service Engineer to perform various tests and checks.

179
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2-2 - PARAM Tab


Pressing the PARAM tab takes you into the parameters page.
Note:
It is advisable to output the current parameter settings to disk before attempting to adjust
parameters - see Section 2-5-3.

 The top line shows the parameter being edited. In this example its ”Camera Skew
Correct”
 The line ”Parameter #0000” tells us which parameter is being edited. In this case
it is parameter 0.
Note:
A full list of Parameters and Settings can be found in Appendix B.
 ”Value” indicates the current value the parameter is set to.
 Pressing the ’I’ key gives a brief explanation of the current parameter.
 There are also 8 buttons in the screen. 4 for Adjust and 4 for Parameter.
 Under adjust, pressing the S+ or S- keys will increment the parameter value by a
large step. Pressing the ++ or -- key will increment the parameter value by 1. in
both cases + means to increase the value and - means to decrease the value.
 The 4 parameter keys work in a similar manner. Press the ++/-- for moving
quickly through the parameter list and press +/- to move in steps of 1.

180
A79210101_04

2-3 - I/O Tab


Pressing the I/O Tab will display the following screen.

In this screen there are 5 buttons to choose from.

2-3-1 - I/O Tab - INPUTS

2-3-2 - I/O Tab - OUTPUTS

2-3-3 - I/O Tab - I2C

2-3-4 - I/O Tab - VOLTAGES

2-3-5 - I/O Tab - LINKS

181
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2-3-1 - I/O Tab - INPUTS

Pressing the INPUTS button displays the following screen:


Note:
Use the arrow keys to scroll between the four ’inputs’ screens.

 This screen shows the status of some of the slotted opto sensor inputs.
 ’0’ = opto open. ’1’ = opto closed (flag in opto).

 This screen shows the remainder of the slotted opto sensors.


 It also shows the three pressure transducers.

 This screen shows the door sensors and the filter switch.

182
A79210101_04

 For the doors, a ’0’ indicates door open, a ’1’ indicates door closed.
 For the filter switch, a ’0’ indicates filter present, a ’1’ indicates filter not present.

 This screen shows the speeds of the two fans.


 To exit the current screen and return to the I/O screen, touch the 'Exit' key.

183
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2-3-2 - I/O Tab - OUTPUTS

Pressing the OUTPUTS button displays the following screen:

In this screen its possible to change the condition of various output functions on the
ClearVue. For example, press the ’-’ key to move the cursor down to the ’Bottle pump’
line and press ”1” - this will turn ON the air pump that is connected to the mountant
bottle. Pressing the ’0’ key will switch off the pump.
 Press EXIT to return to the main I/O page.
Note:
If the state of any pumps or solenoids are changed, a full initialise must be carried out prior to
using the machine.
See Section 8-2 for the pneumatics diagram.
 Mountant pump sol is the solenoid between the syringe and the mountant bottle
or dispense needle.
0 = syringe to dispense needle. 1 = syringe to mountant bottle
 Prep solenoid 1 is the coverslip dispense carriage solenoid.
1 = Vacuum to coverslip dispense carriage (Prep sol 2 must be 0)
 Prep Solenoid 2 is the support arm suction cup.
1 = Vacuum to the suction cup (Prep sol 2 must be 0)
 Bottle Solenoid 1 is the mountant bottle vacuum solenoid. See table below for
settings.
 Bottle Solenoid 2 is the mountant bottle pressure solenoid. See table below for
settings.
 Bottle Pump is the vacuum pump for the mountant bottle.
 Prep Pump is the vacuum pump for the coverslip dispense carriage and suction
cup.

184
A79210101_04

Prep Solenoid
Status
1 2
No vacuum on carriage or suction
0 0 cup (pump has nowhere to pull air
from; puts strain on the system).
1 0 Vacuum to coverslip dispense
carriage.
0 1 Vacuum to suction cup.
1 1 Partial vacuum on both.

Bottle
Solenoid Status
1 2
0 0 Vacuum to mountant bottle.
1 0 Mountant bottle sealed at solenoids.
0 1 Pump circulates air around closed
loop.
1 1 Pressure on mountant bottle.
 On the pneumatics diagram all solenoids are shown connected in their unpowered
state i.e. 0
Note:
Setting both of the prep solenoids to 0 put strains excessive on the pump and the vacuum
regulator and should therefore be avoided.

185
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2-3-3 - I/O Tab - I2C

Press the I2C key to display the following screen.

There are no features to edit or change in this page, this just shows the status of some of
the I2C bus signals (mainly from the battery board).
PFD: Power fail detection. 0 = OK, 1 = power fail signal detected.
PWR_WDT: Power watchdog. This should normally be ’0’.
pw state: The software power state. ’0100’ is the normal state. ’0110’ is the state
when first running on batteries after a power fail.
OC2, OC1, STL2, STL1: Battery charger states - see below.
LK2, LK3, LK4: Links on the battery board. ’0’ = link present. ’1’ = link missing.
HL2, HL3, HL4: Fixed resistor ’hard links’ on the battery board.
B-SW: Battery isolator switch. ’0’ = switch off, ’1’ = switch on.
WGO: Signal on the battery board indicating the automatic switching of the battery
relays on power fail. ’0’ = normal state, ’1’ = power fail state.

Hard Links:

 For issue 1 battery board, all hard links are ’1’.

 For issue 2 (and later), HL2 = ’0’.

186
A79210101_04

Battery Charger States

 Each of the two batteries (battery 1 and battery 2) is charged independently.


 For each charger there are two status signals OC and STL. These are read on the
I2C bus as follows:

Charger State STL OC


Bulk Charge 1 0
Over Charge 1 1
Float Charge 0 0
Note:
These are only displayed correctly when the battery board is issue 2 or above (HL2 = ’0’).

 Press the screen in any location to return to the previous menu.

187
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2-3-4 - I/O Tab - VOLTAGES

Press the VOLTAGES tab to display the following screen.

In this screen its possible to view all the important voltages within the coverslipper.
The right most column indicates the current voltage seen, with one exception.
The last value is the current temperature within the electronics housing.
Note:
When in power fail mode, Batt2 voltage will be both Batt1 + Batt2 values added together and
shows the voltage available to the coverslipper when no mains is present.

188
A79210101_04

2-3-5 - I/O Tab - LINKS

Press the Links key to display the following screen.

Shown here are the hardware links and what their status is.
For the normal links ’0’=link present, ’1’=link not present.
The ’hard links’ are fixed resistors on the boards.
These are arranged in four columns as follows:

Column 1

Identity on Location Comments


screen
MB Main Board, Link Accesses via FPGA
1
MB Main Board, Link Accesses via FPGA
2
MB Main Board, Link Accesses via FPGA
3
MB Main Board, Link Accesses via FPGA
4
MB Main Board, Link Accesses via FPGA
5
MB Main Board, Link Accesses via FPGA
6
MB Main Board, Hard Accesses via FPGA
Link 7
MB Main Board, Hard Accesses via FPGA

189
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Link 8

Column 2

Identity on Location Comments


screen
MBhl0 Main Board, Hard Accessed via I2C
Link 0 bus
MBhl1 Main Board, Hard Accessed via I2C
Link 1 bus
MBhl2 Main Board, Hard Accessed via I2C
Link 2 bus
MBhl3 Main Board, Hard Accessed via I2C
Link 3 bus
MBhl4 Main Board, Hard Accessed via I2C
Link 4 bus
DB1 Display Board, Accessed via
Hard Link 1 touch panel
DB2 Display Board, Accessed via
Hard Link 2 touch panel
NA Not Used

Column 3

Identity on Location Comments


screen
BBlk2 Battery Board, Accessed via I2C
Link 2 bus
BBlk3 Battery Board, Accessed via I2C
Link 3 bus
BBlk4 Battery Board, Accessed via I2C
Link 4 bus
BBhl4 Battery Board, Accessed via I2C
Hard Link 4 bus
BBhl3 Battery Board, Accessed via I2C
Hard Link 3 bus
BBhl2 Battery Board, Accessed via I2C
Hard Link 2 bus

190
A79210101_04

NA Not Used
NA Not Used

Column 4

Identity on Location Comments


screen
CBlk1 Camera Board, Accessed via
Link 1 FPGA
CBlk2 Camera Board, Accessed via
Link 2 FPGA
CBlk3 Camera Board, Accessed via
Link 3 FPGA
CBlk4 Camera Board, Accessed via
Link 4 FPGA
CBlk5 Camera Board, Accessed via
Link 5 FPGA
NA Engineering Use Camera Type
NA Engineering Use Camera Ready
NA Engineering Use Camera Digital
Mode
Note:
Camera Link data only valid from FPGA V1.04.

191
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2-4 - MOTOR Tab


Pressing the Motor tab will display the following screen.

Pressing the TAKE CONTROL button will immediately stop


automatic operation of ClearVue. Therefore it should never be
pressed during normal operation and basket processing.

In this screen, individual control over each motor is possible.

The STATUS line indicates the current coverslipper status and can be one of the
following.

Unknown

If the coverslipper is yet to initialise or the TAKE CONTROL key has been used
previously, the status will show UNKNOWN.

Idle

This will be shown on a fully initialised machine with no baskets loaded.

Processing

This will be shown when baskets are being coverslipped.

Initialising

This will be shown when the coverslipper is initialising.

Mountant

This will be shown when the user is in the mountant menu pages.

192
A79210101_04

Malfunction

This will be shown when a major system malfunction occurs.

Press the TAKE CONTROL button to access the following page.

Note:
Taking control of a coverslipper will force any baskets loaded or processing to stop any further
action. The coverslipper will need to be initialized (when leaving production services via the
HOME tab, if the status is UNKNOWN then a full initialise will start automatically).
 In this screen it is possible to take control of the current motor (displayed at the
top of the page).
 For the example shown it’s the LOAD motor.
 To change to a different motor, press the left and right arrow keys at the top of
the page until the desired motor is selected.

The following motors have control:

LOAD - Load rail motor

LIFT - Lift motor

PREP-R - Coverslip transfer head

BASK OPEN - Basket slider open

EJECT - Basket eject motor

SLIP DISP - Coverslip dispense motor

GRIPPERS - Slide gripping motor

M_PUMP - Mountant pump motor

193
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

N_POT - Cleaning station motor

 The box below this indicates the motors' current Quadrature reading and
expected position. In most cases the position should match the quad. A variation
between these two values will indicate a stalling motor or the axis has reached the
end of its current travel. The quadrature value is physically linked to the motor
movement and if the motor is not able to turn, the quad value will remain mostly
constant.
 The SET key will set both the current quad and position to 10,000. Press the
STOP key to stop the current motor move.
 The four arrow keys below are to perform the motor movements. As a rule, the
arrow points in the direction the motor assembly will travel. So for example the
load rail will move towards the lift if the Right arrow key is pressed. Notice the
two arrow keys at the top are BOLD compared to the lower arrow keys. The bold
arrow keys perform small movements of 50 steps and the lower keys produce
movements of 800 steps.
 Also shown on this page are any sensors on the motor axis. So the load page will
show the HOME opto. A '1’ indicates the load opto is being activated.
 Press the Release control button to return to the previous screen.
Note:
Clashes between mechanisms can occur when moving motors from these screens. Take care when
moving any motors in this way as damage can occur and can lead to errors when initialising.

Load rail The load mechanism can clash with the lift block.
motor
Lift motor Clashes can occur between the vertical lift and the load rail, the eject
bracket, the grippers (if a basket is loaded) and the basket open
mechanism (if a basket is loaded).
Coverslip The transfer head can clash with the coverslip dispense, the support
transfer head arm, the grippers and the eject bracket. When rotated clockwise the
head position pin (flag) can be damaged by hitting the lower crank
arm.
Basket slider This could collide with a basket on the lift block.
open
Basket eject The eject bracket can clash with the support arm, the transfer head
motor and the vertical lift block.
Coverslip The coverslip dispense, support arm and dispense head needle can
dispense clash with the transfer head, the grippers, the eject bracket and the
motor cleaning station pot (always move the cleaning station pot to the
bottom position before moving the coverslip dispense motor).

194
A79210101_04

Slide The grippers can clash with a basket on the lift (if loaded), the transfer
gripping head and the dispense head.
motor
Mountant Excess pressure can be generated in the syringe if the dispense needle is
pump motor blocked. Take care, excessive quantities of mountant may be dispensed
into the cleaning station pot or elsewhere in the machine.
Cleaning Clashes can occur between the cleaning station pot and the dispense
station motor head.

195
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2-5 - ENG Tab


Pressing the ENG Tab will display the Engineering screens.

Use the arrow keys to scroll between screens.

Note:
Some of the keys on these pages may change depending on the latest version of the software.

2-5-1 - ENG Tab - Page 1/7

2-5-2 - ENG Tab - Page 2/7

2-5-3 - ENG Tab - Page 3/7

2-5-4 - ENG Tab - Page 4/7

2-5-5 - ENG Tab - Page 5/7

2-5-6 - ENG Tab - Page 6/7

2-5-7 - ENG Tab - Page 7/7

196
A79210101_04

2-5-1 - ENG Tab - Page 1/7

ProdTst1

Production Test 1 - The Z casting.

This is a factory test. Do not run this test unless specifically requested to do so by
the factory or unless directed to do so from within this manual.

If this menu is entered the load rail will need initializing as soon as the menu is
exited. Baskets will not load if it is not initialized.

ProdTst2

Production Test 2 - Back Interface Board.

This is a factory test. Do not run this test unless specifically requested to do so by
the factory or unless directed to do so from within this manual.

ProdTst3

Production Test 3 - Horizontal Plate.

This is a factory test. Do not run this test unless specifically requested to do so by
the factory or unless directed to do so from within this manual.

197
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

ProdTst4

Production Test 4 - Vertical Plate.

This is a factory test. Do not run this test unless specifically requested to do so by
the factory or unless directed to do so from within this manual.

ProdTst5

Production Test 5 - Parameter 92 Adjustment.

This is a factory test. Do not run this test unless specifically requested to do so by
the factory or unless directed to do so from within this manual.

To Run ProdTst5:

 Prepare a basket of 20 dry slides and then select / do the following:


 "Prep" "0" (see Section 2-5-2)
 "5minmode" (see Section 2-5-6)
 Follow instructions on screen
 Load the basket of dry slides
 Ignore the first two and last slide in each basket
 Use the next key to move to the third slide in the basket
 The grippers will move the slide out of the basket and pause to capture an image
from the camera.
 After pressing next, the slide will pause before being put back in the basket. This is
currently not required, so press next to continue
 The image displayed on screen shows the gripper and the slide.
 There should be 2 to 3 pixels between the underside of the top part of the gripper
and the slide top, as shown below:

198
A79210101_04

 To increase the number of pixels between the slide and gripper, increase the
number on the screen.
Note: This will not alter the picture on screen, but will change the relationship for the next
slide selected.
 If the number of pixels between the slide and grippers is correct use the next key
to confirm a minimum of 5 slides meet the requirement
 Press accept and wait for the basket to complete.
 Press exit to return to production services.
 Put "Prep" back to "1"
Note: If using Leica or V24 baskets, load the baskets fully but ignore the first 5 and the last 5
slides.
Note: Additional baskets of slides may be added if necessary.
Note: Screen corruption may occur if keys are pressed as the camera image is being drawn.
Note: Switching off and restarting the instrument will clear this error.

ProdTst6

Production Test 6 - Coverslip and slide alignment.

This is a factory test. Do not run this test unless specifically requested to do so by
the factory or unless directed to do so from within this manual.

To Run ProdTst6:

 Prepare a basket of 20 dry slides, ensure a good hopper with adequate quantity
and quality of coverslip is in place and then select / do the following:

199
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 Load the basket of dry slides


 A coverslip will be dispensed and will pause by the coverslip transfer head
 The rear edge of the coverslip should be aligned with the rear edge of the coverslip
transfer head
 If the coverslip is correctly aligned press accept
 If it is not aligned use the up or down arrows to move the next coverslip in the
direction required
Note:
1 increment = 0.181 mm
 This will not alter the current coverslip position, but will change the relationship
for the next coverslip dispensed.
 Press next
 The coverslip will be transferred to the slide and pause
 The coverslip should be aligned centrally to the slide (left to right)
 If the coverslip is correctly aligned press accept
 If it is not aligned use the left or right arrows to move the next coverslip in the
direction required
Note:
1 increment = 0.04766 mm
 This will not alter the current coverslip position, but will change the relationship
for the next coverslip dispensed.
 Press next
 When both alignments have been set correctly and accepted the test will continue
to the end of the basket to allow additional verification
 Press exit to return to production services.
Note:
Additional baskets of slides may be added if necessary.

200
A79210101_04

ProdTst7

Production Test 7 - Battery Test

This is a factory test. Do not run this test unless specifically requested to do so by
the factory or unless directed to do so from within this manual.

Do not enter this menu unless you have been specifically instructed
to do so. If you do enter by mistake with the wrong software version
the machine will need to be switched off by the battery which will
loose any changes made to setting and may corrupt the machines
files.

Results

First asks for the serial number of the ClearVue then copies the results to a floppy
disk.

201
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2-5-2 - ENG Tab - Page 2/7

Pnumat 1

Pneumatics Test 1 - Bottle Pneumatics Test

The following buttons are available:

MAX PRESS - Pressurizes the mountant bottle, up to 10psi, and shows the
maximum pressure reached. This will be a PASS if 10psi is achieved within 2
minutes, otherwise it will show a FAIL.

MIN PRESS - Pulls a vacuum on the mountant bottle, down to -6psi, and records
the lowest vacuum reached. This will be a PASS if -6psi is achieved within 2
minutes, otherwise it will show a FAIL.

LEAK TEST - Pressurizes the mountant bottle, up to 10psi, and holds the pressure
to detect air leaks in bottles / fittings etc. This will be a PASS if the pressure is still
greater than 7psi after 2 minutes, otherwise it will show a FAIL.

EXIT - Return to previous menu.

202
A79210101_04

Pnumat 2

Pneumatics Test 2 - Prep Pneumatic Tests

The following buttons are available:

SET VAC - Pulls a vacuum on the transfer head and shows the current reading in
PSI. Adjust the vacuum regulator to the required value.

DECAY - Releases the vacuum on the transfer head via the restrictor and times the
decay.

EXIT - Return to previous menu.

See Section 3-4-5 for details.

Pnumat 3

Pneumatics Test 3 - Coverslip Carriage Vacuum

Accessing this page will give information about the vacuum that is available on the
coverslip carriage during a coverslip dispense.

203
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Press the RUN key to dispense a coverslip and show the graph.

Multiple runs will show multiple graphs overlaid.

Press CLR to clear the current graph or EXIT to return to the previous menu.

The vac figure shown is the vacuum at the end.

Remove the coverslip and ensure the vac level drops to ambient level in less than 1
second.

See Section 3-4-6 for details.

PREP

Prep key.

 Toggles between '0' and '1'. The value shown on the key is its current state.
 This switches the mountant dispense on and off.
 When set to '0', there is no coverslip dispense or mountant dispensed. The slide
will be taken out of the basket and returned.
 When set to '1' it operates normally.
 This can only toggle when the machine is idle.
 This is reset to '1' during a full initialise.
 This function can be used for testing gripper alignment, basket handling, slide
handling etc, without using mountant and coverslips.

204
A79210101_04

testslip

Test coverslip key.

Shows a screen for testing coverslip dispense.

The testslip page has two main functions.

1. To check the coverslip dispense mechanism is performing correctly.


2. To check the optic 1 and 2 coverslip sensors are working correctly.
Buttons and actions:

SLIP OUT - Dispenses a coverslip from the hopper.


RETURN - Returns the carriage back to the coverslip pickup position.
INIT - Performs an initialization on the coverslip dispense carriage.
HALF OUT - Dispenses a coverslip half way out so that the glass is under the
optos for opto calibration and adjustment.
EXIT - Exit from the current screen.
Display values:

QUAD A/B/C/D - Latched quadrature positions of slip dispense when the optos
detected the slip on the carriage during a dispense. Note that on dispense of a good
slip all values may appear the same in testslip. On a bad dispense, actual latched
values may be visible.

205
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Slip dispense direction:

OPTIC 1 and OPTIC 2 - Current value being read from the slip dispense optos
(in realtime). Lower readings indicate a slip (typically 200-600). Each optic floats
around the value 1300 to 1400 with no slip.

LOGIC 1 and LOGIC 2 - Logic values of slip detected during dispense, 0 =


detected slip 1= no slip.

Double - Double detect. 1 = not double, 0 = double.

Latch -not used.

QC Pass - 1 = good slip. 0 = slip properties failed criteria.

Q and P -Current slip dispense motor quad and position values.

Beads

Beads key.

 Toggles between '0' and '1'. The value shown on the key is its current state.
 When set to '0', it operates normally.
 When set to '1' a bead of mountant is dispensed onto the slide but no coverslip is
used.
 This can only toggle when the machine is idle.

206
A79210101_04

 This is reset to '0' during a full initialise.


 This function can be used to check the shape of a bead of mountant without a
coverslip being applied.

Dunks

This is a factory test. Do not run this test unless specifically requested to do so by the
factory or unless directed to do so from within this manual.
 Toggles between '0' and '1'. The value shown on the key is its current state.
 When set to '0', it operates normally.
 When set to '1' the cleaning station is used to clean the mountant dispense needle
after every slide.
 This is reset to '0' during a full initialise.

EMC RUN

EMC test key.

 This activates a special continuous running programme used for factory test
purposes only. This routine should not be used. Clashes may occur between the
dispense needle tip and the gripper arms. This could cause damage to the parts
involved.

207
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2-5-3 - ENG Tab - Page 3/7

dump log

Copies the engineers log to floppy disk.

clearlog

Clears the engineers log.

params ->

 Saves parameter file to floppy disc.


 Also saves a '.csv' file of the parameters to the floppy disk.

->params

 Imports parameter file from floppy disc.


Note:
These parameters are not saved until the machine is shut down normally.

208
A79210101_04

profile

 Shows the current profile version, profile creation date and checksums.
 The checksums should match.
 The import key can be used to load a new profile from a floppy disk.
Note:
After importing a new profile a full initialise should be carried out before using the machine.

ProdTst8

Production Test 8 - Doors / Fan / Real Decay times.

 This is a factory test. Do not run this test unless specifically requested to do so by
the factory or unless directed to do so from within this manual.

reset 7

 Full reset of every machine parameter, including the user settings.


 Also initiates a full initialise.
Note:
ClearVue will not function correctly until Production Tests 5 and 6, and Autoslip have been
carried out correctly.

exit2dos

 Switches off the ClearVue and drops to a DOS prompt (regardless of whether
processing or not).
 This function can be used to save changes to parameter files when the ClearVue
will not power down correctly. Everything is saved as is for a normal shut down.
 This function is only useful to access the files on the flash drive with a monitor
and keyboard attached.

209
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2-5-4 - ENG Tab - Page 4/7

Note:
Do not carry out any initializations while ClearVue is processing baskets.

fullinit

Performs a full initialize of the ClearVue.

i-input

Initializes the load rail motor.

i-open

Initializes the basket open motor.

i-lift

Initializes the basket lift motor.


Notes:
Do not perform an initialization while there is a basket on the lift block.
The lift can clash with the load rail and eject bracket; ensure all assemblies are clear before
pressing 'init'.

210
A79210101_04

i-npot

Initializes the cleaning station motor.


Note:
The Dispense head cleaning station can clash with the dispense head; ensure all assemblies are
clear before pressing 'init'.

i-slip

Initializes the coverslip dispense motor.


Note:
The slip dispense and mountant dispense head can clash with the dispense head cleaning station,
slide grippers and coverslip transfer head. Ensure all assemblies are clear before pressing 'init'.

i-prep

Initializes the transfer head motor.


Notes:
The coverslip transfer head can clash with the slide held in the grippers, the slip dispense
carriage and the dispense head. Ensure all assemblies are clear before pressing 'init'.
Initializing the coverslip transfer head will also cause the slip dispense to operate. Refer to 'i-slip'
notes before proceeding.

i-eject

Initializes the basket eject motor.


Note:
The eject can clash with a basket held on the lift block and the coverslip transfer head; ensure all
assemblies are clear before pressing 'init'.

211
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2-5-5 - ENG Tab - Page 5/7

Note:
Do not carry out any initializations while ClearVue is processing baskets.

i-grip

Initializes the gripper motor.

Note:
Grippers can clash with a basket on the lift block, the dispense head and coverslip transfer head.
Ensure all assemblies are clear before pressing 'init'.

i_pump

Initializes the mountant pump.

i_camera

Initializes the camera and finds the gripper position.

Note:
This may give an incorrect gripper position if the grippers have been moved since last gripper
initialization.

TFT BLIT

This causes every image from the camera to be displayed on the screen.

Pressing the key again switches this function off.

This is for factory use only.

212
A79210101_04

snapshot

Activates camera and shows current camera view

Example of screenshot from pressing the snapshot key.

Notice the gripper is visible in the shot.

The crosshairs indicate the detected corner of the gripper at the last initialise.

Note:
This is a negative image.

cam info

This screen shows information regarding the camera image analysis, including the
last basket top positions, the x and y positions of the gripper jaw, etc.

Notes:
The 'cam focus clean’ value is an indication of any blurring of the image. A value of 5 or more
may indicate that the lens needs cleaning.

213
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

'Cam status bits' are: Link 5, Camera type, Camera Ready, Digital mode. These are only valid
after the camera has been initialised and are for Engineering use only.

qds/pos

This shows the quadrature feedback and drive positions as well as the current speeds
of the various motors.

states

Shows every motor control state and status.

The information on this screen may be requested by the factory during problem
diagnosis.

 The first column indicates the software state (5-digit number). When ClearVue is
initialised, all of these should be '00100' except for 'Cam' which should be
'00220'.
 The second column indicates the status (2-digit number).
 For the mountant pump, 'dr' is the number of dispenses remaining in the syringe
based on the current settings.

214
A79210101_04

 'Baskets' is the number of baskets detected on the load rail including any on the
lift.
 'lift loaded' indicates whether a basket is currently on the lift.
 'ST' is the overall machine status.

215
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

2-5-6 - ENG Tab - Page 6/7

ms menu

Mountant System Menu.

Note:
The machine will initialise when this menu is exited to the home screen.
This menu has keys for:

 Flush
 Purge
 Volume
 De-gas
 Access
This allows use of all of the mountant systems functions from within production
services. A flush can be carried out with the covers off the machine to check for air
in the system.

AutoSlip

The AutoSlip routine sets the optical thresholds for the coverslip detection
(including double coverslip detections). The thresholds are stored in the parameter
file.

Before running this test ensure that a good coverslip hopper is installed and that
coverslips can be dispensed.

216
A79210101_04

Note:
High ambient lighting will invalidate the test. Where possible run with the covers on or ensure
no direct light is in the area.
The new values are only used when the next initialise of the coverslip dispense occurs.
The parameter file is saved when the machine is powered off. If the machine can not power
down correctly these values may be lost.

Beadopt

When 'beads' is set to '1' (ENG Tab, page 2) this can be used to test the bead size
and position.

'SIZE' switches the coverslip size between 40, 50 and 55.

'OFFSET' switches the position between end and middle.

jawalign

This can be used to check the alignment of the gripper jaws to the basket. This is for
factory use only.

217
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5minmode

This function temporarily disables all the safety interlocks on ClearVue and should only
be used by trained personnel. ClearVue should never be left unattended whilst in
'5Minmode'.

slip QC

This can be used to check the quality of coverslip dispense.

CONTINUOUS operation can be switched on and off (single dispense).

START initiates a single or continuous coverslip dispense.

INIT initialises the coverslip dispense system. This also loads the coverslip opto
parameters if they have been changed since the last initialise (such as when using
AutoSlip).

RETRY, when OFF the coverslip dispense will halt as soon as an error is detected.
When RETRY is ON the coverslip dispense will attempt a number of retrys (as set
in the parameters).

218
A79210101_04

CLEARCOUNTS clears the counters.

The box at the bottom of the screen is the description of the last error detected.

The error codes on the right of the screen are:

1. Double coverslip detected

2. No coverslip dispensed

3. Chipped corner detected

4. Half dispense (coverslip stuck under the opto's)

5. Length error

Coverslip in wrong position on carriage (too far over hard stop or


6.
'coverslip out adjust' set incorrectly)

7. Skew detected

G. Good coverslip dispenses.

There is a risk of static shock when performing this test - Ensure the
debris tray is suitably earthed before commencing test.

dump scr

For factory development use only - do not use.

Used to capture screen images.

219
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Activation of this feature may cause changes to settings in the ClearVue. If this is
accidentally run, check all settings.

ClearPST

Clears the production service test files generated in ProdTst1, etc.

220
A79210101_04

2-5-7 - ENG Tab - Page 7/7

LifeTest

This is for factory use and should only be used if directed to by the factory or this
manual.

Prep Rotate

 This test can be used to check the coverslip transfer head hard stop setting.
 Check the machine has initialised correctly and fully.
 Remove the covers from the machine, including the right hand side cover.
 Put a magnet on the debris door only, hold in place with tape as required (You
can use the I/O tab - INPUTS Section 2-3-1 to check the magnet is in the
correct place).
 Push the grippers into the prep area and place a slide in the jaws.
 Remove the suction cup and use a bulldog clip or crocodile clips to hold the
sprung pads up out of the way.
 Press 'Start'.
 The prep head will move over to the slide and stop in the final position of prep
(if it continues on, the magnet on the prep door is not in the correct place).
 The prep head should just touch the slide without bending it. If it stops above
it should be less than 0.1mm above the slide.
 Repeat the test (press start again) to confirm that it is not bending the slide.
 If the head bends the slide or stops more than 0.1mm above the slide, then
reset the Coverslip transfer head hard stop, see Section 3-4-10.
Note:
Always re-initialise the machine after changing the hard stop before repeating this test.

X-spot

This screen allows the touch screen response to be tested.

221
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 A blank screen will appear.


 Touch the screen anywhere 10 times and a cross will appear at that location.
 On the 11th touch the screen will exit and the previous menu displays.

UIFReset

This option returns all user settings to their default values (for example: coverslip
position, screen angle, mountant dispense volume).

Bmp Dump

This is for factory use only.

222
A79210101_04

3 - Functional Tests
3-1 Earth Continuity and Insulation Tests
3-2 Individual Motor Tests
3-3 Build Subassembly Tests
3-4 Instrument Verification Tests

223
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-1 - Earth Continuity and Insulation Resistance Tests


Check the following:

 Earth continuity measures less that 1.


 Insulation resistance measures greater than 999M.

224
A79210101_04

3-2 - Individual Motor Tests


The following motor tests use the 'TAKE CONTROL' button located in the 'MOTOR'
Tab in Production Services (See Section 2-4).

These tests should be carried out without any baskets loaded onto the instrument.

Take particular care that different mechanisms do not clash and cause damage (see
Section 2-4).

3-2-1 - Input Rail Motor Test

3-2-2 - Lift Block Motor Test

3-2-3 - Coverslip Transfer Head Motor Test

3-2-4 - Basket Open Motor Test

3-2-5 - Basket Eject Motor Test

3-2-6 - Coverslip Dispense Motor Test

3-2-7 - Gripper Motor Test

3-2-8 - Mountant Pump Motor Test

3-2-9 - Dispense Head Cleaning Station Motor Test

225
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-2-1 - Input Rail Motor Test

 From the TAKE CONTROL screen scroll to the LOAD motor screen.
 Press 'Set' and check that the QUAD and POSITION values are set to 10000 and
are not changing.
 Set the power to 64 (maximum).
 Press one of the 'right arrow' keys - check that the load rail mechanism moves to
the right and that the QUAD and POSITION values increase.
 Press one of the 'left arrow' keys - check that the load rail mechanism moves to
the left and that the QUAD and POSITION values decrease.

226
A79210101_04

3-2-2 - Lift Block Motor Test

 From the TAKE CONTROL screen scroll to the LIFT motor screen.
 Press 'Set' and check that the QUAD and POSITION values are set to 10000 and
are not changing.
 Set the power to 64 (maximum).
 Press one of the 'down arrow' keys - check that the lift mechanism moves
downwards and that the QUAD and POSITION values increase.
 Press one of the 'up arrow' keys - check that the lift mechanism moves upwards
and that the QUAD and POSITION values decrease.
 Towards the top of the travel the basket slider closing mechanism is engaged. This
can collide with the basket eject mechanism. This should be avoided as damage
can occur.

227
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-2-3 - Coverslip Transfer Head Motor Test

 From the TAKE CONTROL screen scroll to the PREP-R motor screen.
 Press 'Set' and check that the QUAD and POSITION values are set to 10000 and
are not changing.
 Set the power to 64 (maximum).
 Press one of the 'left arrow' keys - check that the transfer head moves to the left
(anti-clockwise) and that the QUAD and POSITION values increase.
 Press one of the 'right arrow' keys - check that the transfer head moves to the right
(clockwise) and that the QUAD and POSITION values decrease.
 Take care not to stall the motor by hitting the head position pin on the lower
crank arm when rotating to the right (clockwise). The pin can be damaged.
 When rotating left (anti-clockwise) ensure that the mechanism does not hit the
mountant dispense arm or the grippers.

228
A79210101_04

3-2-4 - Basket Open Motor Test

 From the TAKE CONTROL screen scroll to the BASK OPEN motor screen.
 Press 'Set' and check that the QUAD and POSITION values are set to 10000 and
are not changing.
 Set the power to 64 (maximum).
 Press one of the 'down arrow' keys - check that the basket open mechanism moves
towards the front of the machine and that the QUAD and POSITION values
increase.
 Press one of the 'up arrow' keys - check that the lift mechanism moves towards the
rear of the machine and that the QUAD and POSITION values decrease.

229
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-2-5 - Basket Eject Motor Test

 From the TAKE CONTROL screen scroll to the EJECT motor screen.
 Press 'Set' and check that the QUAD and POSITION values are set to 10000 and
are not changing.
 Set the power to 64 (maximum).
 Press one of the 'down arrow' keys - check that the basket eject mechanism moves
to the left and that the QUAD and POSITION values increase.
 Press one of the 'right arrow' keys - check that the basket eject mechanism moves
to the right and that the QUAD and POSITION values decrease.
 Care should be taken when moving the basket eject motor. Damage may occur if
the basket eject mechanism collides with the slider closing mechanism (when the
lift block is towards the top of its travel), the prep head or the dispense arm
(particularly the mountant pipe).

230
A79210101_04

3-2-6 - Coverslip Dispense Motor Test

 From the TAKE CONTROL screen scroll to the N_POT motor screen.
 Press one of the 'down arrow' keys to move the cleaning station mechanism until
it is clear of the mountant dispense needle. Failure to do so may result in damage
to the needle.
 Scroll back to the SLIP DISP motor screen.
 Press 'Set' and check that the QUAD and POSITION values are set to 10000 and
are not changing.
 Set the power to 64 (maximum).
 Press one of the 'up arrow' keys - check that the coverslip dispense mechanism
moves towards the rear of the machine and that the QUAD and POSITION
values increase.
 Press one of the 'down arrow' keys - check that the coverslip dispense mechanism
moves towards the front of the machine and that the QUAD and POSITION
values decrease.
 The coverslip dispense mechanism, support arm and dispense needle can clash
with the prep head, the basket eject mechanism, the gripper arms and the cleaning
station pot and cause damage.
 Ensure that these are in appropriate positions before moving this motor.
 After the test has been carried out, the cleaning station (filled with xylene) should
be moved back into position to prevent the mountant in the dispense needle from
drying out. This is most easily carried out by going to the production services
ENG tab, page 4 (Section 2-5-4) and pressing the 'i-slip' key to initialise the
coverslip dispense system (including the cleaning station).

231
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-2-7 - Gripper Motor Test

 From the TAKE CONTROL screen scroll to the GRIPPERS motor screen.
 Press 'Set' and check that the QUAD and POSITION values are set to 10000 and
are not changing.
 Set the power to 64 (maximum).
 Press one of the 'right arrow' keys - check that the grippers move to the right and
that the QUAD and POSITION values increase.
 Press one of the 'left arrow' keys - check that the grippers move to the left and that
the QUAD and POSITION values decrease.
 Take care that the gripper arms do not collide with the prep head or the
mountant dispense needle. Damage may occur.

232
A79210101_04

3-2-8 - Mountant Pump Motor Test

 From the TAKE CONTROL screen scroll to the M_PUMP motor screen.
 Press 'Set' and check that the QUAD and POSITION values are set to 10000 and
are not changing.
 Set the power to 64 (maximum).
 Press one of the 'down arrow' keys - check that mountant pump mechanism
moves downwards and that the QUAD and POSITION values increase.
 Press one of the 'up arrow' keys - check that the mountant pump mechanism
moves upwards and that the QUAD and POSITION values decrease.
 The movement can only be seen if the covers are removed.
 If the covers are fitted, the same test can be carried out to check that the QUAD
and POSITION counts change correctly, however to verify that mountant is
being dispensed, using the I/O tab, OUTPUTS (Section 2-3-2) set the 'Mountant
pump sol' to '1', next lower the cleaning station then move the coverslip dispense
mechanism to place the mountant dispense needle above the purge tray. Now, at
the M_PUMP motor screen use one of the 'down arrow' keys and observe the
mountant being dispensed out of the needle.
 To refill the syringe set the 'Mountant pump sol' to '0' and drive the dispense
mechanism upwards.
 Once finished, initialise the coverslip dispense mechanism using 'i-slip' (Section 2-
5-4) to ensure that the needle is left in the cleaning station to prevent the
mountant from drying out.

233
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-2-9 - Dispense Head Cleaning Station Motor Test

 From the TAKE CONTROL screen scroll to the N_POT motor screen.
 Press 'Set' and check that the QUAD and POSITION values are set to 10000 and
are not changing.
 This motor runs at fixed power - changing the power setting has no effect.
 Press one of the 'up arrow' keys - check that cleaning station mechanism moves
upwards and that the QUAD and POSITION values increase.
 Press one of the 'down arrow' keys - check that the cleaning station mechanism
moves downwards and that the QUAD and POSITION values decrease.
 When moving the cleaning station in an upwards direction, ensure that it will not
hit the mountant dispense needle - damage may occur.
 After the test has been carried out, the cleaning station (filled with xylene) should
be moved back into position to prevent the mountant in the dispense needle from
drying out. This is most easily carried out by going to the production services
ENG tab, page 4 (Section 2-5-4) and pressing the 'i-slip' key to initialise the
coverslip dispense system (including the cleaning station).

234
A79210101_04

3-3 - Build Subassembly Tests


3-3-1 - Electronics Sub-Assembly Tests

3-3-2 - Inspecting the Input Rail

3-3-3 - Inspecting the Vertical Lift and Lift Block

3-3-4 - Inspecting the Basket Open and Lower Slide Retention

3-3-5 - Inspecting the Slide Guide Assembly

3-3-6 - Inspecting the Slide Grippers

3-3-7 - Inspecting the Coverslip Dispense

3-3-8 - Inspecting the Mountant Dispense Head and Needle

3-3-9 - Inspecting the CoverslipTransfer Head

3-3-10 - Inspecting the Coverslip Transfer Drive

3-3-11 - Inspecting the Output Pusher and Upper Slide Retention

3-3-12 - Inspecting the Output Rail

3-3-13 - Inspecting the Mountant Pump Actuator and Syringe

3-3-14 - Inspecting the Cleaning Station Assembly

3-3-15 - Inspecting the Covers and Filter

3-3-16 - Inspecting the Mountant Bottle and Lines

3-3-17 - Inspecting the Pneumatic Circuit

235
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-3-1 - Electronics Sub-Assembly Tests

To test the electronics subassembly the following sequence should be used.

Stage 1 - Initialise

During this stage the speaker connection is checked, all of the motors and opto
switches are used and the camera illumination is also checked.

 With the prep door open, switch the machine on.


 The speaker should bleep and the internal illumination should be off.
 Close the prep door.
 The speaker should stop bleeping and the internal illumination should come
on.
 Allow initialise to finish.
 Check, on the main menu, that the 'Status' is 'OK'.

Stage 2 - Production Services

During this stage the doors and filter switch are checked, the fans are checked, the
battery backup system is checked, the voltage regulators are checked, the links on
the PCB's are checked, the slip dispense opto's are checked and the camera
operation is checked.

 Go to the production services screens (Section 2-3).


 Go to the I/O Tab, INPUTS screen (Section 2-3-1).
 Scroll through to the screen with the doors.
 Check each door in turn. The screen should show '0' for door open, '1' for
door closed.
Note:
When the load door is closed, the load rail system should check for a basket.
 Check that when the filter is in place the screen shows '0'.
 Check that when the filter is removed the screen shows '1'.
 Scroll through to the screen with the fans.
 Check that the electronics fan feedback signal is greater than 80Hz.
 Check that when the filter is removed, the filter fan stops (0Hz).

236
A79210101_04

 With the filter in place and the unload door closed, the filter fan should show
greater than 50Hz.
 When the unload door is opened the speed should increase to greater than
80Hz.
 Go to the I/O Tab, I2C screen (Section 2-3-3).
 Check that PFD shows '0', PWR_WDT shows '0', pw state shows '0100' and
WGO shows '0'.
 Check that B-SW shows '1' when the battery switch is on and that this is '0'
when off.
 Make sure that the battery switch is on.
 Switch the mains off.
 Check that PFD shows '1', PWR_WDT shows '0', pw state shows '0110' and
WGO shows '1'.
Note:
These signals must be checked immediately after switching the mains supply off.
The PFD and WGO signals are only valid for approximately 5 seconds after which their
states are indeterminate and either of them may show '1' or '0'.
 Switch the mains back on, check that the signals return to the correct state. It
may take a few seconds for 'pw state' to change from '0110' back to '0100'.

Signal Mains Mains


On Off
PFD 0 1*
PWR_WDT 0 0
pw state 0100 0110
WGO 0 1*
 Go to the I/O Tab, VOLTAGES screen (Section 2-3-4).
 Check that the voltages (and temperature) are in the following ranges:

Name Min. Max. Function


Displayed Displayed
Voltage Voltage
5V 4.50V 5.5V 5V Logic
3.3V 2.97V 3.63V 3.3V Logic
1.2V 1.08V 1.32V 1.2V FPGA Core
15V 13.50V 16.50V 15V Supply

237
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Name Min. Max. Function


Displayed Displayed
Voltage Voltage
12V 10.80V 13.20V 12V Supply
24V F 21.6V 26.4V 24V Fused
24V SW 21.6V 26.4V 24V Switched
24V 21.6V 26.4V 24V from PSU
PSU
Batt1 10.0V 15.0V Battery 1 Voltage
Batt2 10.0V 15.0V Battery 2 Voltage
15V 13.50V 16.50V 15V Supply (on Battery
Mon Board)
Temp Ambient Ambient + 15 Temperature Sensor

Note:
The battery voltages are dependant on the charge state.
 Batt2 voltage will show Batt1+Batt2 (nominal 24V) during mains power fail.
 With the battery switch in the on position, switch the mains off. Check that
Batt2 changes to at least 20V.
 Switch the mains back on and check that Batt2 returns to a normal reading.
 Go to the I/O Tab, LINKS screen (Section 2-3-5).
 Check that the links are as shown:

MB 0 MBhl0 0 BBlk2 0 CBlk1 0


MB 0 MBhl1 0 BBlk3 0 CBlk2 0
MB 0 MBhl2 0 BBlk4 0 CBlk3 0
MB 0 MBhl3 0 BBhl4 1 CBlk4 0
MB 0 MBhl4 1 BBhl3 1 CBlk5 0
MB 0 DB1 0 BBhl2 0* NA 0
MB 1 DB2 0 NA 0 NA 0
MB 1 NA 0 NA 0 NA 0

238
A79210101_04

Note:
For issue 1 battery boards, the battery board hard link 2 will be '1'.
 Go to the ENG Tab, Page 2/7 (Section 2-5-2).
 Select 'testslip'.
 Press INIT.
 Insert a hopper of coverslips.
 With no coverslip under the sensors, check that the 'Optic 1' and 'Optic 2'
readings are between 01200 and 01500 and that 'Logic 1' and 'Logic 2' are
both '1'.
 Press HALF OUT. Check that a coverslip is under the sensors. Check that the
'Optic 1' and 'Optic 2' readings are between 200 and 1000 and that 'Logic 1'
and 'Logic 2' are both '0'.
 Press RETURN. Check that the slip is cleared.
 Press SLIP OUT. Check that a 'Good slip' is indicated.
 Go to the ENG Tab, Page 5/7 (Section 2-5-5).
 Select 'snapshot'.
 Check that the image is square and that the gripper jaw is positioned in the
right hand side of the screen.

Stage 3 - Disk Drive Check

During this stage the connections to the disk drive are checked.

 Insert a floppy disk into the disk drive.


 Write an engineers log to the disk.
 Move the disk to a PC. Check the files on the disk have been written correctly.
 Open the log and check for corrupt characters, etc in the engineers log.

Stage 4 - Performance Test

During this stage the operation of all of the solenoids (including the mountant
dispense) are checked and the pressure sensors are checked.

 Run performance test 1 (Section 3-4-1).

239
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-3-2 - Inspecting the Input Rail

 Ensure the unit is powered down.


 Check for any mountant build up and clean if required.
 Check for any glass or basket debris and clean if required.
 Check both latches travel freely in their mounts.
 Check that ball spring plunger moves freely.
 Check the pop out pin moves freely.
 Check the drive nut is screwed fully into the latch carrier.
 Ensure neither latch is loose on the latch carrier.
 Ensure the motor and leadscrew turn freely without tight spots for the full travel.
 Ensure there is no radial play in the bearings at either end of the leadscrew.
 Check the belt tension as per Section 5-4-16.
 Power on the ClearVue and test the motor function as per Section 3-2-1.
 Go to screen 1 on the inputs page of production services, turn the motor
manually and ensure that the 'load home' opto changes state as the latch carrier
passes through it.

240
A79210101_04

3-3-3 - Inspecting the Vertical Lift and Lift Block

 Ensure that the unit is powered down.


 Check for any mountant build up and clean if required.
 Check for any glass or basket debris and clean if required.
 Check non of the pins are bent.
 Check that the spring plunger moves freely.
 Ensure the motor and leadscrew turn freely without tight spots for the full travel.
With the motor disconnected from the front I/F board the motor should travel
from top to bottom with less than 0.1Nm or torque.
 Ensure there is no radial play in the bearings at either end of the leadscrew.
 Check the end float in the leadscrew is greater than 0.05mm and less than 0.1mm.
 Check the belt tension as per Section 5-4-1.
 Power on the ClearVue and test the motor function as per Section 3-2-2.
 Go to screen 1 on the inputs page of production services, turn the motor
manually and ensure that the 'lift align o/p' opto changes state as the flag on the
lift block passes through it.

241
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-3-4 - Inspecting the Basket Open and Lower Slide Retention

 Ensure the unit is powered down.


 Check for any mountant build up and clean if required.
 Check for any glass or basket debris and clean if required.
 Ensure that the slider pusher travel freely and returns under its own spring force.
 Ensure that both slider pusher and slide retainer are straight and undamaged.
 Check the linear actuator rotates freely with no tight spots along the full length of
travel.
 Ensure that there is no excessive play in the linear rail.
 Power on the ClearVue and test the motor function as per Section 3-2-4.
 Go to screen 1 on the inputs page of production services, Move the slider pusher
manually and ensure that the 'basket Open Home' changes state as the flag on the
lift block passes through it.

242
A79210101_04

3-3-5 - Inspecting the Slide Guide Assembly

 Ensure that the unit is powered down.


 Check for any mountant build up and clean if required.
 Check for any glass or basket debris and clean if required.
 Check that the slide guide moves freely and travels back under the spring force.
 Check the condition of the leaf spring, ensuring it is not bent or broken.
 Check for signs of wear on the 2 small slide positioning surfaces; if any aluminium
is visible through the black anodizing the slide guide should be replaced.

243
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-3-6 - Inspecting the Slide Grippers

 Ensure that the unit is powered down.


 Check for any mountant build up and clean if required, paying special attention
to the surfaces in the V of both grippers.
 Check for any glass or basket debris and clean if required, paying special attention
to the surfaces in the V of both grippers.
 Check for any signs of damage.
 Check for signs of wear across the gripper jaws, wear will manifest as a witness line
across the v in the jaws and will progress until a groove is worn into the jaws.
While a light witness line is acceptable any form of groove is not and the jaw(s)
should be replaced.
 Check the gripper return plate travels freely and returns under its own spring.
 Rotate the motor by hand and ensure that it rotates freely and without any tight
spots.
 Move both grippers from left to right and check for any areas of excessive play in
the linear rail or carriage.
 If there is anything to suggest the grippers may not be aligned correctly check the
alignment as per the method in Section 3-4-8.
 Power on the ClearVue and test the motor function as per Section 3-2-7.
 Go to screen 1 on the inputs page of production services. Move the grippers
manually and ensure that both the 'Grippers home' and 'Grippers out' opto’s
changes state as the flag on the grippers passes through them.

244
A79210101_04

3-3-7 - Inspecting the Coverslip Dispense

With the machine turned off:

 Remove the coverslip dispense skirt and clean the rubber section. Check for
damage and replace if required.
 Check the coverslip dispense skirt is free moving in its slot.
 Check the height of the end stop. Refer to Section 3-4-11.
 Inspect end stop for signs of wear and damage. Bottom edge should be sharp.
 Check carriage for mountant contamination or build up of dirt, clean if necessary.
 Ensure that all three of the vacuum ports in the coverslip dispense carriage are
clear from debris.
 Clean glass dust out of the coverslip dispense carriage and banjo fitting.
 Check the coverslip dispense carriage hard stop for signs of wear or damage. All
corners and edges should be sharp.
 Inspect the coverslip dispense system and surrounding area for debris clean as
necessary.
 Check the vacuum pipes and glass filter for blockages and leaks.
 Check the pulley on the coverslip dispense motor is secured to the motor shaft.
 Inspect the coverslip dispense timing belt for damage and signs of wear.
 Check the optical sensor wires have not been snagged or damaged by either the
coverslip dispense cover or ribbon cable cover.
 Check the belt tension - see Section 5-4-12.

With the machine turned on:

 Check the optical sensors have been set correctly - see Section 3-4-17.
 Check the optical sensors are not contaminated with glass dust, clean the sensing
faces of each with a long bristle brush reset them - see Section 3-4-18 - and run
Autoslip.
 Check Parameter 59 and 60 are set correctly by running Autoslip - see Section 3-
4-17.
 Carry out motor check - see Section 3-2-6.
 Check coverslip dispense optical switch by initialising and checking the dispense
head needle is central in the cleaning station.
 Carry out Performance Test 3.

245
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-3-8 - Inspecting the Mountant Dispense Head and Needle

 Remove the mountant dispense needle - see the Operator Guide Section 5-7.
 Check for any mountant build up on the end of the needle and clean if required.
 Check for any mountant build up on mating surface between the dispense needle
and arm and clean if required.
 Check that the dispense needle end is still circular and has not been damaged.
 Check the mountant line is not damaged and that the nipple connector is tight
and secure.

246
A79210101_04

3-3-9 - Inspecting the Coverslip Transfer Head

 Remove the coverslip transfer head - see Operator Guide Section 5-12.
 Check for any mountant build up, splitting or fraying of the suction cup.
 Check for any mountant build up and for full free travel of the sprung pads, by
gently pushing at either end and the centre of the pads - both pads should move
freely and smoothly.

 Check that the pneumatic line is not damaged and has a clean cut end.
 Check the height of the suction cup and sprung pads as shown.

247
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 If the suction cup height is wrong, ensure it is pushed home fully or replace as
necessary.
 If the sprung pad heights are wrong, adjust the locking nuts on top.
 If the sprung pads are catching or sticking clean off any mountant and lubricate
the pins with silicon lubricant or microtome oil.
Note:
Keep all surfaces of the pads clear of lubricant.
The coverslip transfer head will be one of the following colours:
 Silver - Standard Head - Early builds with lower tolerances
 Black - Standard Head - Current build with improved tolerances
 Blue - Offset coverslip transfer head - see the Operator Guide Section 3-11
Note:
If repositioning a silver coverslip transfer head, or removing to swap with another colour, see the
Operator Guide Section 3-3.
After changing a coverslip transfer head, it is important to check the position of the hard
stop (see Section 3-4-10).

248
A79210101_04

3-3-10 - Inspecting the Coverslip Transfer Drive

 Ensure that the unit is powered down.


 Rotate the transfer head and ensure the mechanism moves freely.
 Check the condition of the drive belt, ensuring it is not frayed or damaged.
 Re-tension or replace as necessary as per Section 5-4-9.
 Check the motor drive pulley is correctly clamped to the motor shaft.
 Power on the ClearVue and test motor function as per Section 3-2-3.
 Go to screen 1 on the inputs page of production services, turn the system
manually and ensure that the 'Prep Rotate' opto changes state.
 Go to screen 2 on the inputs page of production services, ensure the 'Prep Rotate
Head' opto changes state when it is interrupted.

249
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-3-11 - Inspecting the Output Pusher and Upper Slide Retention

 Ensure that the unit is powered down.


 Check for any mountant build up and clean if required.
 Check for any glass or basket debris and clean if required.
 Check that the eject bracket is straight by putting a rule along it right hand side
and making sure it is parallel down its full length.
 Check that the sprung retainer is unbent, rotates freely and travels back under its
own spring force.
 Rotate the motor by hand and ensure that it rotates freely and without any tight
spots.
 Move the unload bracket from left to right and ensure it travels along its full travel
without tight spots or excessive play in either linear rail.
 Power on the ClearVue and test the motor function as per Section 3-2-5.
 Go to screen 1 on the inputs page of production services, Move the grippers
manually and ensure that the 'Eject home' opto changes state as the flag on the
unload passes through it.

250
A79210101_04

3-3-12 - Inspecting the Output Rail

 Ensure that the unit is powered down.


 Check for any mountant build up and clean if required.
 Check for any glass or basket debris and clean if required.
 Check the leaf spring is undamaged and moves freely.

251
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-3-13 - Inspecting the Mountant Pump Actuator and Syringe

 Ensure that the unit is powered down.


 Remove the covers.
 Check for any air in the lines or syringe.
 Check that the syringe is firmly screwed into the mountant solenoid block - Do
not use tools to do this. Use the knurled part to turn the syringe.
 Tighten the retaining pin to 1.8Nm - see Section 5-4-6.
 Ensure the M3 countersunk screws into the bracket are tight. If removing and
replacing, use Loctite 222 on the thread.
Note:
The length of these screws is critical to this assembly.
 Check the Nyloc nut is secure - see Section 5-4-5.
 Check the machine is clear of glass and then switch the machine on.
 Use 5minmode to allow the instrument to initialise without covers - see Section 2-
5-6.
 Perform an I-Pump - see Section 2-5-5.
 Check the syringe plunger goes to the very bottom of the syringe.
 The stroke of the plunger should be 60mm.
 Replace the covers.
 Run a bead test - see Section 3-4-18.

252
A79210101_04

3-3-14 - Inspecting the Cleaning Station Assembly

 Ensure that the unit is powered down.


 Check for any dried mountant build up and clean if required.
 Check for any glass or basket debris and clean if required.
 Check the condition of the pot seal and replace if required.
 Empty the pot and check inside for any dried mountant.
 Check that the pot locates easily onto stub shaft.
 Power on the ClearVue and test the motor function as per Section 3-2-9.
 Go to screen 1 on the inputs page of production services.
 Move the dispense head cleaning station manually and ensure that both the
cleaning station 'Down' and 'Up' opto’s changes state as the cleaning station
motor shaft passes through them.

253
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-3-15 - Inspecting the Covers and Filter

 Check for any mountant build up and clean if required.


 Check for any glass or basket debris and clean if required.
 Go to screen 3 on the inputs page of production services.
 Open and close each door in turn and ensure that the correct door sensor changes
state as the door is opened and closed.
 Check the operation of the filter switch be removing and replacing the filter.
 Check for any damage to the covers, Cosmetic damage to the covers or windows is
unimportant to the function of the ClearVue.
Note:
Any damage that effects the opening / closing of the doors or that has created holes in the cover
will necessitate the replacement of the affected covers.
 Clean out any debris stuck in the debris tray and Xylene tray.

254
A79210101_04

3-3-16 - Inspecting the Mountant Bottle and Lines

 Remove the covers.


 Check for any air in the lines or syringe.
 Remove the mountant dispense needle assembly from the support arm - see
Operator Guide Section 5-7.
 Place mountant dispense needle over a container to collect the mountant and
Xylene waste (Gemini pots are a good size and shape for this).
Do the following, looking for where any air enters the system.
 Perform a couple of flush cycles, use 'ms menu' - see Section 2-5-6.
 Do a degas, use 'ms menu' - see Section 2-5-6.
 Repeat the flush cycle.
The reason for doing this is in case any air was brought into the pipes during the degas
(very small leaks). Performing the flush afterwards will show where the small leak is,
depending on when the air is first seen in the syringe.
 Check all of the fittings are tight and that the mountant lines are in good
condition and the ends are cut perpendicular. Note that removal of the lines is
only required if checking for a leak. There is no need to check the ends of the
pipes during normal servicing.
 Check the mountant bottle pneumatic lines for any obstructions, particularly
mountant.
 If there is any sign of mountant in the pneumatic lines, replace the pipe work and
check the sensor is free of any mountant.
Note:
Ensure that the mountant line and fitting from the solenoid to the dispense needle is
pointing upwards. See diagram in Section 5-4-4.
 If the fitting is pointing downwards the line will be trapped and damaged and will
have a detrimental effect on the slip dispense and bead placement as the mountant
line will be too short.

255
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-3-17 - Inspecting the Pneumatic Circuit

Run the following tests:

 Section 3-4-4 - Mountant Bottle Pneumatic Test.


 Section 3-4-5 - Vacuum System Test.
 Section 3-4-6 - Coverslip Dispense System Test.
 See Section 5-4-7 - Remove the Solenoid Assemblies
 The Upper Solenoid Assembly controls the mountant bottle pneumatics.
 The Lower Solenoid Assembly controls the slip pneumatics.

Mountant Bottle Pneumatics:

 When looking at the back of the machine the LEFT solenoid controls the
Vacuum side of the circuit.
 The RIGHT solenoid controls the pressure side of the circuit.
 The LEFT solenoid connector is on the top.
 The RIGHT solenoid connector is on the bottom.
 On this manifold both the central fittings are connected directly to the pump.
 Both the pressure and vacuum side of the pump are connected.
 This is the pump towards the rear of the machine.

Slip Pneumatics:

 When looking at the back of the machine the LEFT solenoid controls the Slip
Placement.
 The RIGHT solenoid controls the vacuum on the slip dispense.
 Both solenoid connectors are on the top.
 On this manifold both the central fittings go to the slip dispense/ placement,
via a filter and sensor.
 Only the vacuum side of this pump is connected.
 The pressure side has a silencer to reduce noise.
 The pump goes to the slip dispense solenoid directly and via the regulator to
the slip placement solenoid.
 This pump is towards the front of the machine.
 Connected to the left hand side of the solenoid is a pipe that leads to the decay
reservoir and then the variable restrictor, which controls the speed at which the
vacuum on the slip placement is released.

256
A79210101_04

 If issues arise, check for leaks and blockages in the system before altering this
setting.

257
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-4 - Instrument Verification Tests


3-4-1 - Performance Test 1

3-4-2 - Performance Test 2

3-4-3 - Performance Test 3

3-4-4 - Mountant Bottle Pneumatic Test

3-4-5 - Vacuum System Test

3-4-6 - Coverslip Dispense System Test

3-4-7 - Checking and Adjusting the Coverslip Transfer Head Sprung


Pads

3-4-8 - Checking and Adjusting Gripper-to-Gripper Alignment

3-4-9 - Checking and Adjusting the Needle Height

3-4-10 - Checking and Adjusting the Coverslip Transfer Head Hard Stop

3-4-11 - Coverslip Dispense End Stop Height

3-4-12 - Checking Software, FPGA and Pump Profile Version

3-4-13 - Checking and Adjusting Short Gripper Stop Cam

3-4-14 - Resetting Parameters

3-4-15 - Checking Door Sensors and Filter Switch

3-4-16 - Checking the Coverslip Transfer Head Position

3-4-17 - Checking and Setting Coverslip Dispense Optical Sensors

3-4-18 - Carrying Out a Bead Test

258
A79210101_04

3-4-1 - Performance Test 1

 Check that the time and date are correct on the instrument - change them if
necessary (see Operator Guide Section 3-5).
 Load a basket with slides.
 Choose volume 13 from the mountant menu (see Operator Guide Section 3-9).
 Run the basket through as normal, but remove it as soon as it is finished.
Note:
Ensure the slides remain level as they may slip if they are tilted.
 Lay the slides out flat as quickly as possible, taking care not to disturb the
coverslips.
 Check the coverslip alignment against the following criteria:
 The coverslip should not overhang the slide at any point.
 The coverslip should be central from left to right as shown.

259
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 The coverslip should be positioned as shown.

 There will be some overspill at the top and bottom ends of the coverslip.
 There should be little or no overspill on either side of the coverslip.
 There should be no witness marks on the coverslip caused by the suction cup or
transfer head sprung pads.
 There should not be a line of mountant on the frosted portion of the slide.
 There may be a small bubble towards the non-frosted end of a few of the slides.
 Ensure there are no bubbles over 1mm in diameter.
 Ensure no single slide has multiple bubbles.
 Extract an Engineers Log and open it using either the default Notepad Windows
application, or as an Excel spreadsheet, using the ClearVue Macro to manipulate
the data.

260
A79210101_04

Engineers Log as a Text File

 Locate the time and date that the basket was processed.
 The file format will be similar to the extract below:

11/20/2007 08:08:56 pos_0:030 pos_1:033 1


pos_2:084 @
quad:08715 Slide No:
00

11/20/2007 08:08:57 Gripper detected slide 2


ok, final pos adjust = :-
13 Quad

1:56578 Quad 2:57219 3


Width of Jaws: 22.04
mm

11/20/2007 08:08:59 DISPENSED SLIP 4


PROPERTIES ->
qa:10193 qb:10193

qc:10469 qd:10469 5
er_no:00

11/20/2007 08:08:59 Good slip dispensed 6


with latch optics at
00227, 00210

11/20/2007 08:09:01 End of dispense at 7


quad:25513
position:25514

11/20/2007 08:09:02 End of suckback at 8


quad:25458
position:25458

11/20/2007 08:09:07 Prep Decay Time - 9


03.21

Note:
The shaded section at the end of each line has been added as a point of reference for
this manual.
It will NOT be shown on an actual engineers log.
 The date is shown in the format MM/DD/YYYY and the time is in hh:mm:ss.
 When the correct time and date have been located, look for 'Slide No:01' (see
end of Line 1) which is the first slide in a basket.
 Then locate the corresponding 'Prep Decay Time' (see Line 9) for the slide.
 The time should be between 2 and 4 seconds.

261
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 Repeat this for all 20 slides (Slide No:01 to Slide No:20) and ensure they are
all within the correct range.
Anything with a Prep Decay Time of < 1.5s will result in a large number
of bubbles and unacceptable Prep Quality!

Engineers Log Using the ClearVue Macro

 Select the tab at the bottom of the spreadsheet labelled 'prep_decay'.

 Locate the date and time that the basket was processed.
 The date is shown in the format DD/MM/YYYY and the time is in hh:mm:ss.
 There will be 20 prep decay times listed for the basket.
 All the prep decay times should be between 2 and 4 seconds.
Anything with a Prep Decay Time of < 1.5s will result in a large number
of bubbles and unacceptable Prep Quality!
Further details on analyzing the Engineers Log produced by the ClearVue
Macro can be found in Appendix C.

262
A79210101_04

3-4-2 - Performance Test 2

Performance Test 2 is designed to ensure that the ClearVue can handle slides and baskets
without any issues.

The test should be carried out as follows:

Method

1. Load 5 baskets with dry new slides in each.


2. Switch on the ClearVue and allow it to initialise normally.
3. Go to production services page 2 and switch off the prep.
4. Load 1 dry basket onto the load rail and close the load door.
5. Observe the unit processing the basket until it places the basket onto the unload
rail.
6. Open the load door and load the remaining 4 dry baskets.
7. Observe the unit processing the baskets until it placed all 4 baskets onto the
unload rail.
8. Repeat steps 1-7 however this time the baskets should be wetted with either
xylene, toluene or Shandon xylene substitute.
9. Go to the disk menu and write a log.
10. Switch off the ClearVue.

Interpreting Results

 If the ClearVue is operating normally it should process all 5 baskets with no errors
and no broken slides.
Note:
A small number of errors putting the slides back into the basket are inevitable, therefore 1 user
error 6 (engineering error 91) is acceptable during the 10 baskets.
 Open the log file taken (see Appendix C) and check for any errors or warnings
during the processing of the baskets.
 Check the log file (see Appendix C) for the consistency of the 'auxiliary cam init'
values, the values should not vary by more than 1 pixel over the course of the 10
baskets.
 Check the log file (see Appendix C) for the consistency of the 'basket top1' values,
the values should not vary by more than 2 pixels over the course of the 10 baskets.

263
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-4-3 - Performance Test 3

There is a risk of static shock when performing this test. Ensure the
debris tray is suitably earthed before commencing the test.

 Load a coverslip hopper into the hopper supports.


 Go to page 2 of the Engineering tab in Production Services and select 'test slip'.
 If the 'slip out' button is pressed one coverslip will be dispensed and quality
checked, the results of the quality test can be seen bottom left.
 If the 'return' button is pressed the carriage will return.
 Repeatedly press the 'slip out' and 'return' buttons until 10 coverslips have been
dispensed and 'good slip' shown.
 Press 'Init' and exit menu.
 Go to page 6 of the Engineering tab in Production Services and select 'slip QC'.
 Turn continuous to on.
 Press start.
 Let it dispense 100 coverslips. If an error occurs it will need to be cleared and start
will need to be repressed.
 For definition of error codes see the table below:
Error Description
No.
1 Double Dispense - 2 coverslips stuck
together
2 No Coverslip - Failed to dispense a
coverslip from the hopper
3 Chipped - Dispensed coverslip has a
broken corner
4 Half Dispense - Coverslip has only come
out half-way or is broken in half
5 Length Error - The coverslip is not a
recognized standard size
6 Coverslip Past Hard Stop - Coverslip is
partially over the back of the carriage
7 Skewed - Coverslip has been dispensed at
an angle
 If more than two errors occur, investigate the cause.

264
A79210101_04

 If two or less errors occurs select exit.

265
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-4-4 - Mountant Bottle Pneumatic Test

 The 'Pnumat 1' menu tests the pneumatics that pressurise the bottle to prevent
cavitation during loading of the syringe and pulls a vacuum to de-gas the
mountant, pulling excess air out of the mountant.
 Use 'Pnumat 1' test - see Section 2-5-2 - to check mountant bottle pneumatic
system.
 Complete each test, Max Press, Min Press and Leak Test in order.
 Details of Pass / Fail criteria are given in Section 2-5-2.
 Repeat the Max Press test, but when the pressure reaches 5PSI, open the
mountant bottle lid to quickly release the pressure.
 Check that the pressure on screen rapidly falls to 0PSI (±1PSI).
 To check the bottle seals, remove the pneumatic line from the bottle and use a T
piece to blank off the end.
 Repeat the Leak Test and compare the results to the Leak Test with the bottle
attached.
 Each solenoid can be checked by using the I/O Tab - OUTPUTS to switch the
solenoids on and off.
 See Section 2-3-2 for details for how to set each solenoid.
 I/O Tab - INPUTS, page 2 can be used to monitor the vacuum.

266
A79210101_04

3-4-5 - Vacuum System Test

Checking the Vacuum Level and Decay Time

 The 'Pnumat2' menu tests the vacuum level and decay time for the coverslip
transfer head.
 Use the 'Pnumat 2' test in Section 2-5-2.
 Complete each test, Set Vac and Decay in order.
 First, remove the pneumatic line from the coverslip transfer head and place it in
the blank fitting (bottom right of the vertical plate).

 Press the 'Pnumat 2' button.

267
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 Press the 'Set Vac' button and leave the vacuum to settle for 30 seconds. Check
the maximum value and ensure that the recorded value is -4.5psi, ±0.5psi. See
Section 5-4-8 for details on replacing the vacuum regulator.
 To adjust the regulator, open the cap by pulling away from the mounting bracket.
 The cap can now be turned to adjust the vacuum level.
 Push the cap closed after adjustment to prevent the settings from creeping.
 Press 'exit' to stop the test.
 Press the 'decay test' button to check the vacuum decay time.
 The decay should be 3 seconds, but the screen will record a pass if the decay time
is between 2 and 4 seconds.
 To alter the vacuum decay time use a 2.5mm allen key to adjust the exhaust
restrictor, turn clockwise to increase the decay time. See Section 5-4-7 for details
on the exhaust restrictor.
 Return the pneumatic pipe to the coverslip transfer head and press exit to leave
the test menu.
 Each solenoid can be checked by using the I/O Tab - OUTPUTS to switch the
solenoids on and off.
 See Section 2-3-2 for details for how to set each solenoid.
 I/O Tab - INPUTS, page 2 can be used to monitor the vacuum.
 This can be completed either with the pneumatic line connected to the blank
fitting, or a coverslip can be used on the suction cup.

Confirming the Decay Time

 Always check the decay time that is set here, corresponds to the actual decay time
when processing baskets - This can be done by analysing the Log file.
 See Section 3-4-1 for details of how to analyse the Log file.
 If the decay set here is greater than the actual decay time in the log file, there may
be a fault with the suction cup or the connection between the pneumatic line and
the coverslip transfer head.
 See Section 3-3-9 for details on checking the coverslip transfer head.

Checking the Coverslip Pick Up

 Initialise the coverslip transfer head by choosing I-Prep, see Section 2-5-4.
 Watch as it initialises. You should see both sprung pads touch the coverslip
dispense carriage.

268
A79210101_04

 If only one touches, the system is stalling too high and hence the coverslip transfer
head will not be able to come low enough to pick up the coverslip.
 See Section 3-3-9 and Section 3-3-10 for details on checking the assembly.

269
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-4-6 - Coverslip Dispense System Test

 Run Pnumat 3 test on ENG Tab - Page 2, see Section 2-5-2.


 Confirm that the vacuum on the carriage when a coverslip is present is less than -
7psi (-10psi is a good, strong vacuum).
 Remove the coverslip and check that the vacuum in the top right of the screen
returns quickly to 0psi, ±0.5psi.
 Run Performance Test 3.

270
A79210101_04

3-4-7 - Checking and Adjusting the Coverslip Transfer Head Sprung


Pads

 Check that both pads are free to move to the limits of their travel.
 Use feeler gauges to ensure that the gaps between the main body of the transfer
head and the sprung pads are the same as those shown above.
 If it is necessary to adjust the pads, do so using the Nylock nuts on the shoulder
above the pads.
Turning the nut through 1 revolution will raise or lower the sprung pad by 0.5
mm.

Turning the nut through 1 flat of the nut (60°) will raise or lower the sprung
pad by 0.083 mm.

271
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 After any adjustment re-check the position and freedom of movement.


 Tool T61622 can also be used to set the sprung pad height. Insert the tool shown
below then tighten to 0.5Nm to set position then slacken by 1 flat on each nut to
allow removal of the tool.

272
A79210101_04

3-4-8 - Checking and Adjusting Gripper-to-Gripper Alignment

Checking and correction of angular alignment of the gripper jaws

 Ensure the covers have been removed along with the camera cover.
 Detach the dispense head from the support arm.
 Remove the gripper return plate and the jam indicator finger from the short jaw
arm.
 Assemble the DTI and bracket, and then screw it to the support arm as shown.

Note:
Ensure the large hole in the bracket fits over the boss on the support arm.
 Fix the gauge plate to the short gripper arm as shown using the cap-head screw
provided

273
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 Rest the DTI probe on the top of the gauge plate.


 Move the support arm so that the DTI probe moves from the near end of the
gauge plate to the far end to determine the angular misalignment (if any).
Ensure the DTI dial does not strike the vertical plate when pushing it to the
back of the instrument.
Note:
Do not rest anything on the display screen or main deck whilst checking the DTI reading as this
can effect the reading.
 If any adjustment is required loosen the angular adjustment screw, make the
necessary adjustment and retighten the screw to 3Nm to secure the gripper jaw.
 Remove the gauge plate from the short gripper jaw and fix it to the long gripper
jaw in the same manner.
 Repeat the above testing and adjustment method to ensure the long gripper jaw is
angularly aligned to the short gripper jaw.

274
A79210101_04

The permissible run-out is shown below.

Checking and correction of the height of the long gripper jaws

 Remove the DTI and bracket from the support arm and fix it to the lower linear
rail as shown.

275
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Note:
The fixing screw from the linear rail must be removed to allow the hole to be used for the
bracket.
 Bring the jaws together so that they are end-to-end.
 Manually raise or lower the end of the long gripper jaw until the tip is within
0.1mm of the height of the tip of the short jaw.

Note:
The tip of the long gripper jaw must be lower than the tip of the short gripper jaw (to
within tolerance).
 Position the DTI probe on the upper surface of the long gripper jaw and manually
move the jaw to determine the run-out.
The tip-to-tail variation must be within 0.2mm.

276
A79210101_04

 If the run-out is greater than 0.2mm the tail end of the long gripper jaw can be
raised or lowered using the height jacking screw.

 The fixing screws should be slackened off to allow the adjustment and then
tightened to 3Nm when the adjustment is complete.
Note:
When jacking the tail-end of the long gripper jaw, it is advisable to hold the tips of both
jaws together to ensure that the previously set tip does not move too much.
 After adjustment, re-check the tip-to-tip variation to ensure it is still within
tolerance.

277
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-4-9 - Checking and Adjusting the Needle Height

Checking the Height

 Push the long gripper jaw to the right and bring both jaws into prep position.
 Place a slide between the grippers in the correct position. Check that the slide is
held securely and does not wobble.
 Push the cleaning station down so that it clears the dispense head needle.
 Push the dispense head towards the prep area so that the needle is just behind the
grippers (See Figures 1 & 2).
 Using feeler gauges check the height of the needle above the slide. The correct
value should be between 0.70 and 0.75mm at the gripped end.
 Repeat the above test at the far end of the slide and confirm it is in the range of
0.60 - 0.80mm.
Note:
Be aware that the feeler gauge can bend the slide down especially at the far end of the slide
and this could give you a false reading.
 If the run out along the slide is greater than 0.2mm then the gripper alignment
must be reset - See Section 3-4-8.

278
A79210101_04

Adjusting the Needle Height

 With the needle locking screw still tight, use a 10mm spanner (wrench) on the
adjustment height screw to achieve the correct height. When viewed from above,
turning the needle clockwise will reduce the needle height.
 Loosen the needle locking screw and allow the whole needle assembly to rotate to
un-twist the mountant pipe.
 Re lock the needle in place, check it is secure and recheck the needle height at
either end of the slide.
 Ensure that all mating faces are free of mountant or other debris and that the
needle sits correctly in the arm.
Note:
Do not over tighten the needle locking screw as customers need to be able to remove the
needle without tools.

279
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-4-10 - Checking and Adjusting the Coverslip Transfer Head Hard Stop

Checking the Position

280
A79210101_04

 Lift the transfer head sprung pads and retain in this position with crocodile clips
or adhesive tape.
 Bring gripper jaws into prep position.
 Place a slide into the gripper jaws and check that it is held in place securely.
 Move slide forward into a position where it is under the transfer head but not the
sucker.
 Move transfer head over until it is just touching the slide; being careful that head
is just touching and has not bent the slide or changed its position in the jaws.
 Using feeler gauges check the gap between the lower crank arm and the transfer
head hard stop.
 Correct gap should be 0.5mm.
Note:
The LifeTest button in the ENG Tab, page 7 (see Section 2-5-7) can be used as an
alternative method of checking the hard stop setting.

Method for Adjusting the Hard Stop

 Slacken the single M6 retaining screw in the hard stop until it is finger tight.
 Using a flat blade screwdriver rotate the hard stop until a good fit is felt with
the feeler gauges.
 Simultaneously tighten the retaining screw to a torque of 5.5Nm whilst
holding the hard stop in position with the screwdriver.

281
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 Always re-initialise and recheck the gap after tightening the screw.

282
A79210101_04

3-4-11 - Coverslip Dispense End Stop Height

Checking the End Stop Height

 Remove the coverslip dispense skirt.


 Push down the cleaning station until it clears the dispense head needle.
 Push the support arm backward until the carriage hard stop is just in front of
the end stop.
 Using feeler gauges check that gap between the end stop and the coverslip
location face is 0.2mm.
 Pull the dispense head forward until the back of the coverslip location face is
just under the end stop.
 Re-check the gap between the end stop and coverslip location face.
 Ensure gap is 0.20mm at its narrowest point.
Note:
Maximum permissible run-out is < 0.050mm.

283
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Method for adjusting the height

 Remove the coverslip dispense cover.


 Slacken the end stop screw.
 Move the end stop up and down to achieve the correct height ensuring that:
 The end stop is flush with its datum face on the left hand side of the slot in the
rear hopper support.
 There will be a small amount of run out on the carriage and the 0.2mm should be
set at the highest point of the coverslip location face.

284
A79210101_04

 Ensure the end stop screw is fully tightened.


 Replace the coverslip dispense skirt and hopper and manually move the dispense
head backwards and forwards to test the coverslip dispense.
 If it dispenses correctly replace the coverslip dispense cover and initialise the
machine.
 Work through Performance Test 3 (see Section 3-4-3).
Note: The run out in the carriage should be small enough so that the maximum gap at any
point is still less than 0.25mm.

285
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-4-12 - Checking Software, FPGA and Pump Profile Version

To view the Software, FPGA and Pump Profile versions:

 From the Main Menu press Options.

 From the Options Menu press Disc.

 This will display the Disc Options screen.

 The Software and FPGA version numbers are shown at the top of the screen.
 The Pump Profile version (Pr) is shown at the bottom-left of the screen.
 If the version numbers are incorrect, refer to Section 5-5.

286
A79210101_04

3-4-13 - Checking and Adjusting Short Gripper Stop Cam

To Check the Stop Cam Setting

 Switch on the ClearVue and allow it to initialise normally.


 If the stop cam setting is correct the front edge of the small gripper should be
lined up with the right hand side of the slide guide after initialization.

287
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

To adjust the stop cam

 Slacken the stop cam lock nut.


 Turn the stop cam until the edge of the short gripper lines up with the slide
guide as shown;
Note:
The large portion of the cam should be orientated upwards as shown in the diagram below.
 Re-tighten the lock nut ensuring that the short gripper does not move in the
process.
 Check cam setting to ensure it is still correct.

288
A79210101_04

3-4-14 - Resetting Parameters

Note: Any user adjustment of parameter 72 (slide visibility threshold) will be lost after a reset 7.
Make note of the value of parameter 72 before starting, and change after reset 7 if required.
 To reset the parameters choose reset 7, see Section 2-5-3 - ENG Tab - Page 3/7
 Wait for the system to finish initialising.
 Then complete the following tests to reset the parameters.
 Section 2-5-1 - ENG Tab - Page 1/7, ProdTst5
 Section 2-5-1 - ENG Tab - Page 1/7, ProdTst6
 These 2 tests will reset the relationship between the slide to the gripper jaws and
the coverslip position on the slide. These settings are unique to each instrument.
 Confirm the user settings are correct for the customer as per the quick set up
guide.

289
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-4-15 - Checking Door Sensors and Filter Switch

 Using the door sensors screen in Production Services - I/O Tab - INPUTS - see
Section 2-3-1 - open each door in turn.
A '1' on the screen indicates that the door is closed.

A '0' on the screen indicates that the door is open.

 This screen also allows the filter switch to be checked.


A '0' on the screen indicates that the filter is fitted.

A '1' on the screen indicates that the filter is not fitted.

290
A79210101_04

3-4-16 - Checking the Coverslip Transfer Head Position

 Confirm whether the user has selected the End or Central position for the
coverslip transfer head in the user setting. Note that if using the Offset Coverslip
Transfer Head, either of these positions can be selected to the same effect (see
Operator Guide Section 3-2).
 Confirm that it corresponds with the actual position of the coverslip transfer head.
 Follow the instructions below to check if the flag on the coverslip transfer head is
breaking the sensor appropriately.
 Use the inputs screen, see Section 2-3-1 - I/O Tab - Inputs.

 Go to the second page and locate 'prep Rotate Head'.


 Rotate the head slowly anti-clockwise until the crank arm stops against the
coverslip transfer head hard stop.
 The 'Prep rotate head' sensor should change from 0 to 1 as the head passes through
the sensor if the prep head is set to the End position, and should not change the
sensor output if set to the Central position. If the Offset Coverslip Transfer Head
is installed, it will be set to the End position (see Operator Guide 3-11).

291
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

3-4-17 - Checking and Setting Coverslip Dispense Optical Sensors

To Check the Sensors

 Enter production services.


 Navigate to 'Test Slip'.
 Without a slip underneath the values shown for optic1 & 2 should both be >1100
& <1500. With a hopper in place press ’r;Half Out’ and ensure the slip dispense
pull a slip under the optical sensors. Check that both optic readings are below 950
with a slip in place.
 Press 'Return' then 'Init'.
 Exit from 'Test Slip'.
 With a hopper in place press 'Autoslip'.
 Exit from Autoslip when it is finished.
 Go to slip QC - change to continuous running and ensure that a quantity of 20
can be dispensed without errors.

If the Sensors Need Resetting

 Remove the main cover and then the 3 screws securing the sensor cover.
 With a hopper in place press slip 'Half Out' Slacken the M3 screws securing the
sensors to the hopper mount then move the sensor up and down until the reading
for that sensor is at its lowest. (must be below 950) then tighten the screw, repeat
for the other sensor.
 Press 'Return' then 'Init'.
 Exit from 'Test Slip'.
 With a hopper in place press 'Autoslip' - exit from Autoslip when it is finished.
 Go to slip QC - change to continuous running and ensure that a quantity of 20
can be dispensed without errors.

292
A79210101_04

3-4-18 - Carrying Out a Bead Test

There are two ways to complete a bead test: the User Bead Test method and the
Advanced Bead Test method.

User Bead Test

This method either lays down the default bead (50mm coverslip, end position) or it will
lay down the bead suitable for the last coverslips that were put through. Note, if you have
just switched the machine on or cleared the coverslip count on the front screen it will
return to the default setting.
To access the user bead test, do the following starting from the Main Menu screen:
 Press 'Options'.
 Press 'Slip pos'.
 Open all 4 access doors.
 Place a basket of dry slides on the input load rail, but do not close the load door
yet.
 Touch the coverslip shown in the diagram on the screen.

 The coverslip will disappear and you will hear an ascending musical tone.
 Close all of the doors and let the machine process the basket of slides.
 When finished, remove the basket and lay the slides out flat.
Note:
The mountant will run while it is still liquid, so ensure the slides are kept flat at all times.
 See Section 4-4-6 for details on interpreting Bead Test results.

Advanced Bead Test

293
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

This method gives the option to choose the bead size and position.
 Open ENG Tab, page 2 (see Section 2-5-2) and press the Beads button. The value
shown on the button should be '1'.
 Open ENG Tab, page 6 (see Section 2-5-6) and use 'Beadopt' to select the slip size
and position of the bead.
 Load a basket of slides and begin processing.
 Mountant will be dispensed onto the slide, but no coverslip will be placed.
 When the basket has finished processing the formation of the beads can be checked
to allow problems to be diagnosed.
 See Section 4-4-6 for details on interpreting Bead Test results.
Note:
Ensure processed slides are kept flat at all times to avoid distorting the appearance of the beads.

294
A79210101_04

4 - Troubleshooting
4-1 Telephone Support
4-2 Error Screens
4-3 Identifying problems with Dispense
4-4 Troubleshooting Tables
4-5 Engineers' Log Extraction

295
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4-1 - Telephone Support


If you cannot resolve a problem using the information contained within this Service
Manual, please call one of the following numbers.

Note:
Please have a description of the fault, system settings and symptoms to hand when calling.

Region Telephone
Main Thermo Fisher Scientific Support 1 800 253 7837
Number, United States
Main Thermo Fisher Scientific Support +44 (0) 1928 562 520
Number, International

296
A79210101_04

4-2 - Error Screens


The following are screen-shots of the error screens which may be encountered during the
operation of ClearVue.

Error Screens

ERROR 1

ERROR 2

ERROR 3

ERROR 4

297
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

ERROR 5

ERROR 6

ERROR 7

ERROR 8

ERROR 9

ERROR 10

298
A79210101_04

ERROR 11

ERROR 12

ERROR 13

ERROR 14

ERROR 15

299
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

ERROR 16

ERROR 17

ERROR 18

ERROR 19

ERROR 20

300
A79210101_04

ERROR 21

ERROR 22

ERROR 23

ERROR 24

ERROR 25

301
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

ERROR 28

302
A79210101_04

4-2-1 - Quick Reference to Errors

 When an error occurs, the flashing Error Number shown on the Main Menu
screen is the Operator Code for the error.

 Pressing the flashing Error Number will display the Error Screen relevant to the
error encountered.
 There will be a number in brackets in the top, right-hand corner of the screen -
this is the Engineers Code for the error.

 The attached list cross-references each Operator Code with the Engineers Code.
 The meaning of each Engineers Code is also given.

303
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Error Code Cross-Reference Table

304
A79210101_04

4-3 - Identifying Problems with Dispense


This section is only available in the electronic format.

305
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4-4 - Troubleshooting Tables

4-4-1 - Machine Dead - No Power

4-4-2 - Dispense Head Dirty

4-4-3 - Coverslip Position Wrong On Slide

4-4-4 - Mountant Overspill

4-4-5 - Mountant Dryback

4-4-6 - Excessive Bubbles

4-4-7 - Slides Not Coverslipped

4-4-8 - Excessive Drying of Slides

4-4-9 - Slide Jams

4-4-10 - Coverslip Mis-Dispense

4-4-11 - Breaking Coverslips

4-4-12 - Basket Jams

4-4-13 - Breaking Slides

4-4-14 - Loss of Parameters and Settings

4-4-15 - Extraction System Faults

4-4-16 - Pneumatics for Mountant Bottle

4-4-17 - Coverslip Vacuum Faults

4-4-18 - Mountant Pump and Syringe Faults

306
A79210101_04

4-4-1 - Machine Dead - No Power

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Instrument does Instrument is still Wait 30 seconds for the initial tests to
not respond when carrying out initial finish.
the Mains power is tests.
switched on.
No Mains power  Connect the power lead.
supply.
 Switch on the Mains power and
instrument main power switch.

The Mains fuses have  Check the fuse in the Mains lead and
blown.
replace if necessary.

 Check the instrument fuses and


replace if necessary.

Internal fuse has  Remove the instrument rear panel


blown.
and electronics box cover.

 Check internal fuses on the main


board and replace if necessary (see
Section 5-4-11-8).

Power supply fault.  Check that Mains power (a.c.) is


reaching the input terminals.

 Check for power on the power supply


output terminals (24VDC).

 Check the wiring from the power


supply to the main board.

Other power faults. Check that the LEDs on the edge of the
main board are on, indicating that the
following voltages are present (top to
bottom):
 15 V

307
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 24 V

 12 V

 VCC (5 V)

 3.3 V

Notes:
The 24 V indicator LED will only be lit
once the system has booted and is
running normally.
If the 15 V, 12 V, VCC or 3.3 V
indicator LEDs are not lit, replace the
main board (see Section 5-4-11-6).
Processor fault. If the 15 V, 12 V, VCC and 3.3 V
indicator LEDs are lit, but the 24 V
indicator LED fails to come on after
approximately 30 seconds, carry out the
following sequence:
 Check that the interconnect board is
correctly mated with the processor
board and with the main board.

 Re-program the processor board.

 Replace the processor board.

Instrument is Instrument in Touch the screen to switch instrument


powered ON but Standby mode; out of Standby mode.
the screen is blank. screensaver ON.
Processor fault. If the 15 V, 12 V, VCC and 3.3 V
indicator LEDs are lit, but the 24 V
indicator LED fails to come on after
approximately 30 seconds, carry out the
following sequence:
 Check that the interconnect board is
correctly mated with the processor
board and with the main board.

308
A79210101_04

 Re-program the processor board.

 Replace the processor board.

Display fault. If the 15 V, 12 V, VCC and 3.3 V


indicator LEDs are lit, and the 24 V
indicator LED comes on after
approximately 30 seconds, carry out the
following sequence:
 Check the ribbon cable from the
main board to the display board.

 Remove the instrument covers and


check the flex cable between the
display board and the display.

 Check the cables to the backlight


inverter.

 Check the display board, inverter and


display then replace as necessary (see
Section 5-4-18, Section 5-4-19 and
Section 5-4-20).

309
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4-4-2 - Dispense Head Dirty

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Dispense head Mountant build-up on Remove and clean the dispense
dirty. dispense head. head (see Operator Guide Section
5-4).

310
A79210101_04

4-4-3 - Coverslip Position Wrong On Slide

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Coverslip Instrument not level. Place a spirit level on the output rail and
position wrong adjust the feet to level the instrument (see
on slide. Instrument Levelling Instructions).
Coverslip position left Reset the coverslip position to 0 (see
at an extreme (eg: -1, Operator Guide Section 3-1) and test the
+1). coverslip position again.
Gripper return plate is Remove and clean the gripper return plate
stuck. (see Operator Guide Section 5-10).
40mm coverslip  Check the required coverslip position
position set
with the customer and then ensure that
incorrectly.
the coverslip transfer head is correctly
positioned (see Operator Guide Section
3-3).

 Ensure the software and transfer head


position are consistent (see Operator
Guide Section 3-2).

Wrong size of Ensure approved coverslips are used (see


coverslip or slide. Operator Guide Section 1-2).
Machine settings have  Set coverslip position to 0 (see
changed due to new or
Operator Guide Section 3-1).
refitted parts.
 Run Production Test 6 to set the
coverslip position.

Worn gripper jaws. Replace and set the gripper jaws (see
Section 3-4-8).
Excessive movement  Check that coverslip transfer head is
of coverslip transfer
screwed in correctly (see Operator
head.
Guide Section 3-3).

 Check that the circlip is in place.

311
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Worn nut causing Replace the gripper actuator (see Section


excessive end float on 5-4-13).
the gripper drive
motor.

312
A79210101_04

4-4-4 - Mountant Overspill

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Mountant overspill Mountant volume set too Check that mountant volume setting
high. is between 10 and 15 (see Operator
Guide Section 3-9).
Baskets are too 'wet' Ensure baskets are drained at 45° and
when placed onto the blotted on absorbent paper before
load rail. being loaded.
Coverslip position is too Ensure there is a 2mm gap between
close to the side / end of the coverslip and the end of the slide,
the slide. and that the coverslip sits centrally.
Instrument not level. Place a spirit level on the output rail
and adjust the feet to level the
instrument (see Instrument Levelling
Instructions).
Suction cup sitting too Ensure suction cup is fitted correctly
low on the coverslip (see Operator Guide Section 5-5).
transfer head.
Coverslip transfer head  Check that slides are sitting
hard-stop height
correctly in the gripper jaws.
incorrect.
 Check the hard-stop height and
adjust if required (see Section 3-4-
10).

313
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4-4-5 - Mountant Dryback

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Mountant dryback. Insufficient volume of Check that mountant volume setting
mountant. is between 10 and 15 (see Operator
Guide Section 3-7).
Debris under the  Clean the instrument of any
coverslip.
debris.

 Ensure the staining process is free


from debris.

Very thick specimen Increase the mountant volume (see


under the coverslip. Operator Guide Section 3-7).
Poor clearing. Check that the stainer is set up
correctly and allows sufficient
clearing.
Incorrect clearing agent Ensure that the stainer is using the
used. recommended clearing agents.
Incorrect mountant Only use recommended mountant.
used.
Excessive bubbles. See Section 4-4-6.

314
A79210101_04

4-4-6 - Excessive Bubbles

Select the image which most closely resembles the appearance of the coverslipped slide or
mountant bead.

See Section 4-4-6-1 See Section 4-4-6-2

See Section 4-4-6-3 See Section 4-4-6-4

See Section 4-4-6-5 See Section 4-4-6-6

See Section 4-4-6-7 See Section 4-4-6-8

See Section 4-4-6-9 See Section 4-4-6-10

315
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

See Section 4-4-6-11

See Section 4-
4-6-12

316
A79210101_04

4-4-6-1

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Coverslip  Check decay setting (see
placement not
Section 3-4-5).
controlled -
coverslip is
 Compare with the customers
dropped quickly
into the decay time found in the Log
mountant and
file (see Section 4-5).
xylene.
 Remove the suction cup and
check that the profile of the lip
is flat, even and undamaged.

 Replace the suction cup if


necessary (see Operator Guide
Section 5-5).

Do the following:
 Check that the coverslip
transfer head hard-stop is
clean.

 Coverslip transfer head should


not have tight-spots when
rotated (see Section 3-3-9).

 Check, and adjust if necessary,


the coverslip transfer head
sprung pads (see Section 3-4-
7).

 Check, and adjust if necessary,


the coverslip transfer head
hard-stop (see Section 3-4-10).

317
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 Re-initialise the coverslip


transfer head (see Section 2-5-
4) and watch the preparation
of a cleared slide.

Using the offset  Use 40mm coverslips or


coverslip transfer
replace original transfer head.
head with the
wrong size
 Check, and adjust if necessary,
coverslips.
the coverslip transfer head
hard-stop (see Section 3-4-10).

Standard Check, and adjust if necessary,


coverslip transfer the coverslip transfer head hard-
head and offset stop (see Section 3-4-10).
coverslip transfer
head swapped
without hard-stop
being adjusted to
suit.

318
A79210101_04

4-4-6-2

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Poor mountant Carry out a bead test (see Section
bead. 3-4-18).
Coverslip Remove the coverslip transfer
placement not head and clean the sprung pads
controlled - not and suction cup.
releasing the
coverslip
correctly.
Sprung pads not  Remove the sprung pads.
moving freely.
 Clean the pins and holes.

 Lubricate the pins with


silicon lubricant or
microtome oil.

 Refit sprung pads and check


(see Section 3-3-9 and
Section 3-4-7).

319
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4-4-6-3

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


 Ensure good laboratory
Stainer reagent
practice.
contamination.
 Check stainer for good
liquid levels and
cleanliness (xylene >
alcohol > water).
 Check carryover,
especially contamination
droplets in xylene or
alcohol.

Instrument  Check the dispense head


contamination.
cleaning station - remove,
clean and refill with fresh
xylene (see Operator Guide
Section 5-4).

 Wipe the dispense head


needle with xylene before
replacing the dispense head
cleaning station.

Mountant  Flush the system with xylene


contamination.
twice.

 Replace mountant with fresh


from an unopened bottle.

 Flush through system.

Poor mountant Carry out a bead test (see


bead. Section 3-4-18).
Coverslip  Check decay setting (see
placement not
Section 3-4-5).
controlled -
coverslip is  Compare with the customers
dropped quickly

320
A79210101_04

into the decay time found in the Log


mountant and
file (see Section 4-5).
xylene.
 Remove the suction cup and
check that the profile of the
lip is flat, even and
undamaged.

 Replace the suction cup if


necessary (see Operator
Guide Section 5-5).

Uneven flow Place a spirit level on the output


when placing rail and adjust the feet to level
the coverslip, the instrument (see Instrument
due to uneven Levelling Instructions).
slide drying.

321
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4-4-6-4

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Poor mountant Carry out a bead test (see
bead. Section 3-4-18).
Coverslip  Check decay setting (see
placement not
Section 3-4-5).
controlled -
coverslip is  Compare with the customers
dropped quickly
into the decay time found in the Log
mountant and file (see Section 4-5).
xylene.
 Remove the suction cup and
check that the profile of the
lip is flat, even and
undamaged.

 Replace the suction cup if


necessary (see Operator
Guide Section 5-5).

Do the following:
 Check that the coverslip
transfer head hard-stop is
clean.

 Coverslip transfer head


should not have tight-spots
when rotated (see Section 3-
3-9).

 Check, and adjust if


necessary, the coverslip
transfer head sprung pads
(see Section 3-4-7).

322
A79210101_04

 Check, and adjust if


necessary, the coverslip
transfer head hard-stop (see
Section 3-4-10).

 Re-initialise the coverslip


transfer head (see Section 2-
5-4) and watch the
preparation of a cleared slide.

Too much Check mountant volume setting


mountant in (default is 13).
Blob 1 at non-
frosted end of
slide.
Mountant not Check mountant type against
flowing on slide approved reagent list.
correctly (thick
Check temperature of lab is
mountant).
>17°C.
Dispense head Check slides are secure in
needle height gripper jaws (see Section 3-3-6).
intermittently
changing due to
slide moving in
gripper jaws.
Using the offset  Use 40mm coverslips or
coverslip
replace original transfer
transfer head
with the wrong head.
size coverslips.
 Check, and adjust if
necessary, the coverslip
transfer head hard-stop (see
Section 3-4-10).

Standard Check, and adjust if necessary,


coverslip the coverslip transfer head hard-

323
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

transfer head stop (see Section 3-4-10).


and offset
coverslip
transfer head
swapped
without hard-
stop being
adjusted to suit.

324
A79210101_04

4-4-6-5

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Poor mountant Carry out a bead test (see Section
bead. 3-4-18).
Coverslip Carry out Production Test 6 and
contacting check the position of coverslip
mountant too pick-up.
soon, while at
high speed.
Blob 2 at frosted Check mountant volume setting
end of slide is (default is 13).
too large,
causing coverslip
to contact
mountant too
soon, while at
high speed.
Mountant not Check mountant type against
flowing on slide approved reagent list.
correctly (thick
Check temperature of lab is
mountant).
>17°C.
Angle of Check and adjust coverslip
coverslip is too transfer head sprung pads (see
great, causing Section 3-4-7).
coverslip to
contact
mountant too
soon, while at
high speed.
Coverslip Check and adjust coverslip
contactings transfer head hard-stop position
mountant too (see Section 3-4-10).
soon because
slow speed
position is too
low relative to
the slide, due to
incorrect fitting
of coverslip
transfer head

325
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

hard-stop.

326
A79210101_04

4-4-6-6

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Contamination Clean the instrument, ensuring
from debris all broken glass and dried
within the mountant is removed.
instrument.
Thick or Check quality of specimen
uneven being coverslipped.
specimen
causing
coverslip to lift
off the slide.
Thick or  Check for print quality on
uneven printing
the slide - consider using
causing
coverslip to lift slides with no printing in the
off the slide.
section area.

 Increase mountant volume


setting.

 Increase the decay time.

Contamination  Check for compatibility of


/ incompatible
all reagents and advise
reagents.
customer if necessary.

 If unsure about
contamination do the
following:

 Flush the system with


xylene.

 Reload mountant.

 Clean and refill dispense


head cleaning station.

327
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 Clean and refill transfer


pots.

Not enough  Check mountant volume


mountant to
setting (default is 13).
cover the slide.
 Increase if necessary, but if
customer is worried about
overspill see Section 4-4-4.

Contamination  Ensure correct level of


or excessive
xylene in xylene tray.
drying of slide.
 Check the lab processes.

 Do they load multiple


baskets onto the load rail?

 Do the slides remain in


air for an extended period
of time.

 What is the transfer


medium.

 Are they cleaned


thoroughly in clearing
agent etc.

328
A79210101_04

4-4-6-7

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Poor quality / Replace coverslips.
bowed
coverslips.

329
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4-4-6-8

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Good bead. None required.
Ensure the
whole basket
looks like this.
If in doubt, do
more!

330
A79210101_04

4-4-6-9

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Inappropriate Check mountant volume setting
mountant (default is 13).
volume
dispensed onto
the slide.
Unapproved Check mountant against
mountant with Approved Reagent List.
an extreme of
viscosity or
characteristic
which is not
compatible.
Mountant Check slides are held securely in
dispense needle the gripper jaws (see Section 3-3-
height changes 6).
intermittently
due to slide
moving in
gripper jaws.
Mountant Check, and adjust if necessary,
dispense needle the dispense needle height (see
too high from Section 3-4-9).
slide, allowing
mountant to
form a drop
before
contacting the
slide.
Excessive Inspect the mountant pump
backlash in actuator and syringe assembly
mountant (see Section 3-3-13).
system.
Wrong version Confirm that the pump profile
of profile with version is correct (see Section 3-
incorrect suck- 4-12).
back.

331
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4-4-6-10

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Old mountant  Confirm the age and
which has been
history of the mountant
left for a long
period, or with and the usage of the
no lid, allowing
instrument.
the viscosity
and  If in doubt, flush the
characteristics
to change. system with xylene twice,
then replace mountant
with fresh from an
unopened bottle and flush
through the system.

Air drawn into  Check if the customer has


mountant line
used the instrument with
from bottle.
Compression of a very low volume of
air causes mis-
mountant (or none at all)
dispense.
in the mountant bottle.

 If so, ensure mountant


levels are correct and flush
system until all air has
been expelled (see Section
3-3-16).

Unapproved Check mountant against


mountant with Approved Reagent List.
an extreme of
viscosity or
characteristic
which is not
compatible.
Contamination.  Check the dispense head

332
A79210101_04

cleaning station.

 Remove, clean and refill


dispense head cleaning
station with fresh xylene if
necessary.

 Wipe the dispense head


needle with xylene before
replacing the dispense
head cleaning station.

Blocked Inspect the dispense head


dispense head needle (see Section 3-3-8).
causing a build-
up of pressure
and mis-
dispense.

333
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4-4-6-11

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Inappropriate Check mountant volume setting
mountant (default is 13).
volume
dispensed onto
the slide.
Unapproved Check mountant against
mountant with Approved Reagent List.
an extreme of
viscosity or
characteristic
which is not
compatible.
Mountant Check slides are held securely in
dispense needle the gripper jaws (see Section 3-3-
height changes 6).
intermittently
due to slide
moving in
gripper jaws.
Mountant Check, and adjust if necessary,
dispense needle the dispense needle height (see
too high from Section 3-4-9).
slide, allowing
mountant to
form a drop
before
contacting the
slide.
Air in system. Inspect mountant bottle and line
(see Section 3-3-16).

334
A79210101_04

4-4-6-12

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Old mountant  Dispose of the
Mountant
from the bottle

 Flush the
system with
xylene

 Replace
mountant with
fresh from an
unopened
bottle and
flush through
the system

Contaminated  Dispose of the


mountant (via
Mountant
thinning)
from the bottle

 Flush the
system with
xylene

 Replace
mountant with
fresh from an
unopened
bottle and
flush through

335
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

the system

Unapproved  Dispose of the


mountant with
Mountant
an extreme of
viscosity from the bottle

 Flush system
with Xylene

 Replace
mountant with
fresh from an
unopened
bottle of
approved
mountant and
flush through
the system
(refer to the
Approved
Reagent List)

Slides too dry Ensure Xylene tray


is topped up.
Bring the baskets
to the ClearVue
immersed in
Xylene and drain
gently before
loading onto the
Input rail.
Ensure errors are
cleared promptly,
or abort the basket
and store in
Xylene while the
error is resolved.

336
A79210101_04

Only load one


basket at a time.
Water/alcohol Replace the
contamination Stainer reagents
from Stainer ensuring the water
level is lower than
the alcohol (which
is lower than the
Xylene).
Ensure the alcohol
concentrations are
correct.

337
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4-4-7 - Slides Not Coverslipped

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Slide(s) not Incorrect size of slide Use approved size of
coverslipped. used. slide (see Operator
Guide Section 1-2).
Gripper return plate Remove and clean
is stuck and prevents the gripper return
the gripper jaws plate (see Operator
closing fully on the Guide Section 5-10).
slide (User Error 28,
Engineering Error
94).
Excessive mountant Clean gripper jaws
build up or debris on and inspect for
gripper jaws, causing damage.
the slide to be
rejected for being too
wide.
Staining protocol is Reduce the camera
leaving a residue on slide threshold
the slide, making it (parameter 72) by
harder for the camera 10. Repeat as
to see the slide. Slides necessary.
in positions 1, 2, 3 Note: Lowering P72
and 20 always will increase the
coverslipped, whilst likelihood that
other positions are ClearVue will attempt
always or randomly to remove slides that
missed. don't exist. This will
slow down the
instrument and will
also lead to increased
wear.
Gripper linkage or Replace Gripper
cam worn linkage and cam (see
excessively. Section 5-4-13)
Gripper jaws Align gripper jaws
misaligned. (see Section 3-4-8)

338
A79210101_04

Slide too high in Run Production Test


grippers and is being 5 to set correct value
picked up on the for Parameter 92.
nose (User Error 28,
Engineering Error
94).
Anomaly caused by Reload basket as this
liquid on basket is a one-off error.
giving basket top
calculation error
(User Error 24,
Engineering Error
39).
Basket not high Check that end float
enough on lift and on vertical lift
out of camera view leadscrew is less than
during basket top or equal to 0.05mm.
calculations. Basket
is ejected without
processing slides and
with error 24[39].
Faulty camera failing  Process 5 dry
to detect slides.
baskets
Basket ejected with
only slides in containing slides.
position 1, 2, 3 and
20 coverslipped.  If Log file shows
evidence of slides
not being seen,
replace the
camera board (see
Section 5-4-23).

Faulty camera failing  Process 5 dry


to detect baskets.
baskets
Basket ejected with
no slides containing slides.
coverslipped (User
Error 24,  If Log file shows
Engineering Error evidence of slides
39).

339
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

not being seen,


replace the
camera board (see
Section 5-4-23).

Slide not detected  Check gripper out


due to faulty gripper
opto state changes
out opto.
in Production
Services - I/O
Tab - Inputs (see
Section 2-3-1).

 Replace if
required

Fault motor encoder  Process a basket


leading to incorrectly
of measured slides
reported slide widths.
and use the Log
file data to
confirm problem
(see Section 3-4-
1).

 Replace motor
assembly if
required.

340
A79210101_04

4-4-8 - Excessive Drying of Slides

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Excessive drying of Xylene tray not Ensure xylene tray is topped up (see
slides. topped up. Operator Guide Section 2-6).
Instrument doors are Ensure all door switches operate
not closed. correctly (see Section 3-4-15).
Slides drying before Check how the slides are transferred
reaching the to the instrument. Slides should be
instrument. transferred in a trough of xylene
before being drained and placed on
the load rail.
Errors slowing the Check the Log file for errors.
instrument down.  Are they being dealt with quickly?

 Are there multiple errors.

 Troubleshoot and fix errors


accordingly.

 Advise customer on the


consequences of not dealing with
errors promptly, and how to abort
a basket if necessary (see Operator
Guide Section 2-16-3).

Slow decay time. Check the Log file for decay time.
 Should be approximately 3
seconds.

 If greater than 5 seconds, reset


decay time (see Section 3-4-5).

 Ensure the instrument give


bubble-free preps before leaving
the instrument at the new setting.

341
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

342
A79210101_04

4-4-9 - Slide Jams

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Slide jams Incorrect size of slide used - Use correct size of slide (see
slide jams or breaks in slide Operator Guide Section 1-
guide. 2).
Skewed slide loaded in Ensure all slides are loaded
basket. into baskets correctly.
Chipped or broken slide Ensure only undamaged
loaded into basket. slides are loaded onto the
instrument.
Basket slider is not fully Ensure the slider is fully
closed. closed prior to loading
basket.
Gripper return plate stuck Remove and clean gripper
or fitted incorrectly. return plate (see Operator
Guide Section 5-10).
Damaged, broken or worn Replace basket.
basket.
Build-up of dried mountant Clean or replace basket.
on basket.
Dirty camera lens. Inspect and clean if
necessary (see Operator
Guide Section 5-13).
Excessive build-up of Inspect and clean if
mountant on the gripper necessary.
jaws.
Paint on long gripper Replace long gripper jaw
damaged. (see Section 5-4-27).
Gripper jaws misaligned. Align gripper jaws (see
Section 3-4-8).
Spring plunger of vertical Clean or replace spring
lift block is stuck. plunger.
Basket not in correct Run Production Test 5 to
position for removing slide. set Parameter 92.
Basket open assembly not  Check Log file to ensure
pulling basket slider fully

343
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

clear of slides. basket open quads are


always >11005.

 Inspect basket open


assembly for mountant
build-up.

 Check motor, encoder


and sensor functions.

Worn slide guide not Inspect slide guide and


positioning slides correctly. replace if necessary.
Worn gripper arms. Inspect gripper arms and
replace if necessary.
Bent basket unload bracket. Inspect unload bracket and
replace if necessary.

Excessive end float causes Check for end float on


basket to be in wrong vertical lift lead screw.
position for 1st slide, Reach in and try to move
gripper hit basket and lift block up and down; any
create error 5[90] 'general movement greater than
grippers stall moving to 0.05mm is excessive. See
slide out position'. section 5-4-25 for setting
endfloat.

344
A79210101_04

4-4-10 - Coverslip Mis-Dispense

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Coverslip mis- Failure to remove hopper Ensure hopper is removed during
dispense during power-up, purge, power-up, purge, flush and access
flush and access dispense dispense head functions.
head functions.
Hopper empty. Load new hopper.
Debris in bottom of Clear broken coverslips from
hopper. bottom of hopper.
Coverslips stuck together in  Inspect coverslips in hopper.
hopper.
 Remove troublesome slips.

 Replace hopper if necessary.

Debris on coverslip Clean coverslip dispense carriage.


dispense carriage.
Debris on deck below Clean area under and around
hopper. hopper.
Build-up of dried mountant Clean coverslip dispense carriage.
on coverslip dispense
carriage.
Loss of vacuum on See Section 4-4-17.
coverslip dispense carriage.
Faulty suction cup. Replace suction cup (see Operator
Guide Section 5-5).
Mountant debris on suction Clean suction cup.
cup.
Loss of vacuum on suction Clean suction cup and replace if
cup. necessary (see Operator Guide
Section 5-5).
Hopper not loaded Load hopper correctly (see
correctly. Operator Guide Section 2-14).
Incorrect size of coverslip. Use correct coverslip size for
hopper.
Hopper end-stop set Inspect and adjust if necessary.
incorrectly.

345
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Carriage hard-stop worn. Replace carriage.


Carriage vacuum ports Clean the vacuum ports (see
blocked. Operator Guide Section 5-6).
Coverslip dispense skirt not Refit coverslip dispense skirt.
fitted.
Coverslip dispense skirt Clean coverslip dispense skirt (see
needs cleaning. Operator Guide Section 5-9).
Coverslip dispense skirt Replace coverslip dispense skirt.
damaged.
Coverslip dispense skirt  Clean coverslip dispense skirt
unable to move freely in its
and support plate.
slot.
 Check for screws protruding
through plate or excess thread-
lock on sliding faces.

Optical sensors need Clean underside of sensor using the


cleaning. long bristled brush.
Optical sensors need Reset the optical sensors and run
adjusting. 'Autoslip' (see Section 2-5-6).
Carriage drive failure. Repair and replace failed
components.

346
A79210101_04

4-4-11 - Breaking Coverslips

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Breaking Failure to remove hopper Ensure hopper is removed during
coverslips during power-up, purge, power-up, purge, flush and access
flush and access dispense dispense head functions.
head functions.
Coverslips in hopper Replace hopper for non-damaged
broken. one.
Instrument not level. Level instrument (see Levelling
Instructions).
Rejected slips not being Clean coverslip dispense skirt and
wiped off carriage. carriage (see Operator Guide Section
5-9 and Operator Guide Section 5-
6)
Debris in bottom of Clear broken coverslips from bottom
hopper. of hopper.
Coverslips stuck together in  Inspect coverslips in hopper.
hopper.
 Remove troublesome slips.

 Replace hopper if necessary.

Debris on coverslip Clean coverslip dispense carriage.


dispense carriage.

Debris on deck below Clean area under and around


hopper. hopper.
Build-up of dried Clean coverslip dispense carriage.
mountant on coverslip
dispense carriage.
Loss of vacuum on See Section 4-4-17.
coverslip dispense carriage.
Faulty suction cup. Replace suction cup (see Operator
Guide Section 5-5).
Coverslip transfer head Fix pneumatics to coverslip transfer
vacuum not building fast head (see Section 4-4-17).
enough.
Mountant or debris on Clean suction cup.

347
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

suction cup.
Loss of vacuum on suction Clean suction cup and replace if
cup. necessary (see Operator Guide
Section 5-5).
Hopper not loaded Load hopper correctly (see Operator
correctly. Guide Section 2-14).
Incorrect size of coverslip. Use correct coverslip size for hopper.
Hopper end-stop set Inspect and adjust if necessary.
incorrectly.
Carriage hard-stop worn. Replace carriage.
Carriage vacuum ports Clean the vacuum ports (see
blocked. Operator Guide Section 5-6).
Coverslip dispense skirt not Refit coverslip dispense skirt.
fitted.
Coverslip dispense skirt Clean coverslip dispense skirt (see
needs cleaning. Operator Guide Section 5-9).
Coverslip dispense skirt Replace coverslip dispense skirt.
damaged.
Coverslip dispense skirt  Clean coverslip dispense skirt and
unable to move freely in its
support plate.
slot.
 Check for screws protruding
through plate or excess thread-
lock on sliding faces.

Intermittent vacuum sensor Clean pressure sensor or replace if


fault leading to placement necessary and clean glass filter (see
of broken coverslips. Section 4-4-17).

348
A79210101_04

4-4-12 - Basket Jams

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Basket jams Failure to load basket Load basket as described in
correctly onto load rail. Operator Guide Section 2-16-1.
Eject stall due to full Ensure baskets are removed from
unload rail (User Error 4, the unload rail in a timely fashion.
Eng. Error 140).
Incorrect size of slide used - Use correct size of slide (see
slide jams or breaks in slide Operator Guide Section 1-2).
guide.
Basket slider not fully Ensure slider is fully closed prior to
closed. loading basket.
Build-up of dried mountant Clean or replace basket.
on basket.
Damaged or broken basket. Replace basket.
Faulty load rail causing Inspect input rail (see Section 3-2-1
phantom baskets, failure to and Section 3-3-2).
load baskets or lift stall
during move to basket
identify.
Faulty vertical lift leading to Inspect vertical lift (see Section 3-2-
lift stalls and failure to load 2 and Section 3-3-3).
baskets.
Basket slider hits slide guide Inspect basket open assembly (see
due to incorrect opening. Section 3-2-4 and Section 3-3-4).
Paint on long gripper Replace long gripper jaw (see
damaged Section 5-4-27).
Basket jams on slide guide Inspect slide guide (see Section 3-3-
due to seized slide guide. 5).
Basket jams on slide Inspect grippers (see Section 3-2-7
grippers during index and Section 3-3-6).
upwards, leading to general
lift stall.
Basket jams on eject bracket Inspect basket eject assembly (see
leading to general stall. Section 3-2-5 and Section 3-3-11).
Basket slider jams on slides Inspect basket eject assembly and

349
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

leading to lift stall on move upper slide retention (see Section 3-


to fully closed. 3-11).

350
A79210101_04

4-4-13 - Breaking Slides

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Breaking slides Incorrect size of slide used Use correct size of slide (see Operator
- slide jams or breaks in Guide Section 1-2).
slide guide.
Poor quality slides used Use good quality slides.
leading to breaking as
coverslip is placed.
Chipped or broken Ensure only undamaged slides are
slide(s) loaded into loaded onto the instrument.
basket.
Gripper return plate Remove and clean gripper return
stuck. plate (see Operator Guide Section 5-
10).
Damaged or broken Replace basket.
basket.
Basket slider not closed. Ensure slider is fully closed prior to
loading onto the instrument.
Glass debris stuck to Clean gripper jaws.
gripper jaws.
Slide not removed from See Operator Guide Section 2-16-6.
jaws after a slide jam
(User Error 6, Eng. Error
91)
Suction cup fitted Ensure suction up is fitted correctly
incorrectly. (see Operator Guide Section 5-5).
Paint on long gripper Replace long gripper jaw (see Section
damaged. 5-4-27).
Coverslip transfer head Clean the coverslip transfer head.
sprung pads are jammed
due to mountant build-
up.
Parameter 92 set too Check and adjust Parameter 92
high, leading to grippers setting using Production Test 5.
removing 2 slides from
the baskets.
Gripper jaws misaligned. Align gripper jaws (see Section 3-4-

351
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

8).
Coverslip transfer head Replace coverslip transfer head.
damaged.
Dispense head needle Set dispense head needle height
height set incorrectly. correctly (see Section 3-4-9).
Hard-stop for coverslip Check and adjust hard-stop (see
transfer head set Section 3-4-10).
incorrectly.
Basket eject bracket bent. Inspect basket eject mechanism (see
Section 3-2-5 and Section 3-3-11).
Excessive end float allows Check for end float on vertical lift
basket movement relative lead screw. Reach in and try to move
to motor and cause slides lift block up and down; any
to be in wrong position. movement greater than 0.05mm is
Note that it does not excessive. See section 5-4-25 for
create error message but setting end float.
may coincide with error
5[90], error 6[91] and
excessive variation in
logged lift top opto
position.
Basket open assembly not Inspect basket open assembly (see
pulling slider fully clear of Section 3-2-4 and Section 3-3-4).
slides.
Short gripper jaw breaks Check short gripper jaw stop cam
slide during vertical setting (see Section 3-4-13).
index.
Camera fault leading to Confirm using Log file data and
erratic sensing of basket replace if necessary (see Section 4-5
top and jaw 'y' positions. and Section 5-4-23).
Excessive play in long Replace gripper linear rail.
gripper linear rail leading
to incorrect sensing of jaw
'y' position.
Slide guide assembly Inspect slide guide and replace if
seized. necessary (see Section 3-3-5).

352
A79210101_04

4-4-14 - Loss of Parameters and Settings

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Loss of parameters The most common Always leave the battery switch 'On'
and settings cause of this problem except during transport.
is because the
Check battery board fuses (see Section
instrument has been
5-4-11-8).
switched off without
the battery switch  Run ProdTst7 (battery test) to
being 'On'.
check the battery condition (see
Section 2-5-1).
Note: Batteries not
holding their charge or  Replace betteries if necessary (see
blown battery fuses can
also cause this problem. Section 5-4-11-3).

If user settings have been lost, re-enter


The parameters and the following from the main screen -
user settings files are Options Menu:
saved during the shut-  40 slip position (end or centre).
down sequence. In
the event that the  Screen (view angle and brightness).
system does not shut
down correctly (for  Slip position adjust.
the reasons above)
changes to the  Time and date.
parameters and
settings made during  Language.
the current session
will not be saved, and From the main screen - Mountant
the previously saved Menu:
parameters and  Volume (for black and white
settings will be used
sliders).
on the next
initialisation.
Note: Instructions for setting these are
in the Operator Guide.
In the unlikely event If the parameters have all been lost or
of file corruption, the corrupted:
default settings will be
 Reset all of the parameters (see
used.
Section 3-4-14).

353
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 Adjust Parameter 92 using


ProdTst5 (see Section 2-5-1).

 Adjust the coverslip and slide


position using ProdTst6 (see
Section 2-5-1)

354
A79210101_04

4-4-15 - Extraction System Faults

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Fan does not run - fan / Check that fan / filter
filter connector on main connector is connected (see
cover not connected. Section 5-3).
Fan does not run - filter  Check filter is fitted.
switch fault.
 Check filter switch is
working (see Section 2-
3-1).

Fan does not run - fan  Check fan operation (see


fault.
Section 2-3-1).

 Remove outer cover (see


Section 5-3) and replace
fan (see Section 5-4-11-
4).

Fan continues to run when Check filter switch is


filter is removed. working (see Section 2-3-1).
Fan speed does not vary  Check fan operation (see
when unload door is
Section 2-3-1).
opened.
 Fan should speed up
when unload door is
opened.

 Check unload door


switch operation (see
Section 2-3-1).

Note: Fan will run at


high speed with unload
door closed, for

355
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

approximately 25 mins
after a basket has been
processed.

356
A79210101_04

4-4-16 - Pneumatics for Mountant Bottle

Mountant bottle not pressurising or not reaching vacuum

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Mountant bottle Mountant bottle lid not  Remove lid and clean (see
not pressurising or fully closed.
Operator Guide Section 5-1).
not reaching
vacuum.  Check quality of seals.

 Clean / replace as necessary (see


Operator Guide Section 5-1).

 Replace lid and perform pressure


test (see Section 2-5-2).

Mountant bottle not  Check seal between bottle and


sealing with the spout.
spout.

 Clean / replace as necessary (see


Operator Guide Section 5-2).

 Ensure spout is not cross-


threaded on bottle.

Leak from pneumatic line  Check that the end of the


into fitting.
pneumatic line is cut square and
is not damaged.

 Ensure line is fully pushed home


in fitting.

Fittings leaking.  Check fittings are not cross


threaded and are fully tightened.

Note:Over-tightening of fittings
may cause thread to strip.
 If fittings are in correctly but are

357
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

still leaking, use PTFE tape on


the thread as a temporary fix.

 The spout section should then


be replaced as soon as possible.

Solenoids not switching.  Check solenoids are connected


(see Section 3-3-17).

 Take control of the solenoids


and check that they are
switching (see Section 2-3-2).

 Ensure the red manual switch is


in the correct orientation (see
Section 8-2).

Solenoids not piped in See Section 8-2.


correctly.
Solenoid valves not sealed Replace the whole assembly.
correctly. Note:Do not modify or disassemble
the solenoid valve. If the valve has
been tampered with, replace the whole
assembly.
Pump not piped in See Section 8-2.
correctly.
Pump not working  Disconnect the pipes from the
correctly.
pump.

 Take control of the pump and


check that it works (see Section
2-3-2).

 Replace if necessary (see Section


5-4-2).

Pipe not sealed onto Replace the pipe between the sensor
sensor. and the filter.

358
A79210101_04

Filter leaking. Replace the filter between the


sensor and the valve.
Pipe blocked by  If pressure increases instantly
mountant.
then pipe is blocked with
mountant.

 Replace the pipe from the bottle


to the sensor.

Mountant bottle not holding pressure

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Mountant Mountant bottle  Remove lid and clean (see Operator Guide
bottle not lid not fully
Section 5-1).
holding closed.
pressure.
 Check quality of seals.

 Clean / replace as necessary (see Operator Guide


Section 5-1).

 Replace lid and perform pressure test (see


Section 2-5-2).

Mountant bottle  Check seal between bottle and spout.


not sealing with
the spout.  Clean / replace as necessary (see Operator Guide
Section 5-2).

 Ensure spout is not cross-threaded on bottle.

Leak from  Check that the end of the pneumatic line is cut
pneumatic line
square and is not damaged.
into fitting.
 Ensure line is fully pushed home in fitting.

Fittings leaking.  Check fittings are not cross threaded and are
fully tightened.

359
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Note:Over-tightening of fittings may cause thread


to strip.
 If fittings are in correctly but are still leaking,
use PTFE tape on the thread as a temporary fix.

 The spout section should then be replaced as


soon as possible.

Solenoids not  Check solenoids are connected (see Section 3-3-


switching.
17).

 Take control of the solenoids and check that


they are switching (see Section 2-3-2).

 Ensure the red manual switch is in the correct


orientation as shown.

Solenoids not See Section 8-2.


piped in correctly.
Solenoid valves Replace the whole assembly.
not sealed Note:Do not modify or disassemble the solenoid valve.
correctly. If the valve has been tampered with, replace the whole
assembly.
Pump not piped See Section 8-2.
in correctly.
Pump not  Disconnect the pipes from the pump.

360
A79210101_04

working correctly.  Take control of the pump and check that it


works (see Section 2-3-2).

 Replace if necessary (see Section 5-4-2).

Pipe not sealed Replace the pipe between the sensor and the filter.
onto sensor.
Filter leaking. Replace the filter between the sensor and the valve.
Pipe blocked by  If pressure increases instantly then pipe is
mountant.
blocked with mountant.

 Replace the pipe from the bottle to the sensor.

Syringe not tight. Tighten syringe so that it is finger-tight or replace


as required (see Section 5-4-6).
Fittings into  Check that the end of the pneumatic line is cut
mountant pump
square and is not damaged.
solenoid block
leaking.  Ensure line is fully pushed home in fitting.

 Tighten fittings to 3Nm or replace.

 If fittings have been replaced, flush the system


twice.

Solenoid valves Replace the valve block assembly.


not switching
fully.

361
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4-4-17 - Coverslip Vacuum Faults

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Coverslip Vacuum ports on Clean ports with a piece of stiff wire or a pin
vacuum coverslip surface of (see Operator Guide Section 5-6).
faults the coverslip
dispense carriage
blocked.
Coverslip dispense Reconnect pipe correctly.
carriage vacuum pipe
not reconnected
after maintenance.
Coverslip dispense Remove banjo fitting and clean or replace as
carriage / banjo necessary.
fitting blocked with
glass dust.
Coverslip dispense  Check all pipes and fittings.
carriage vacuum line
leaking.  Replace as required.

Coverslip dispense Replace vacuum line glass filter.


carriage vacuum line
glass filter blocked.
Coverslip dispense  Empty out any glass dust.
carriage pressure
sensor  Replace if necessary.
malfunctioning.
Coverslip lower Check solenoid is switching and sealing (see
solenoid 1 fault. Section 3-4-5).
Coverslip dispense Replace screws and use an appropriate thread
carriage sealing sealant.
screws leaking or not
fitted.
Coverslip pick up Reconnect pipe correctly.
vacuum pipe left
attached to test port.
Coverslip pick-up  Check all pipes and fittings.
vacuum line leaking.
 Replace as required.

362
A79210101_04

Debris on suction Clean suction cup with a cloth or paper towel.


cup.
Mountant on Clean suction cup with xylene and a cloth or
suction cup. paper towel.
Coverslip pick-up Replace filter.
vacuum line glass
filter blocked.
Coverslip pick-up  Empty out any glass dust.
pressure sensor
malfunctioning.  Replace if necessary.

Coverslip lower Check solenoid is switching and sealing (see


solenoid 2 fault. Section 3-4-5).
Coverslip pick-up  Check sprung pads on coverslip transfer head
head not coming low
are free to move and clean then re-initialise.
enough.
 Check parameter 62 is correct (see Appendix
B).

Solenoids not Check the red solenoid manual over-ride


switching. switches are in the correct position, as shown.

363
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4-4-18 - Mountant Pump and Syringe Faults

Syringe not loading with mountant

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Syringe not loading Mountant bottle not See Section 4-4-16.
with mountant. pressurising.
Bracket between motor  Check all screws are secure on
and syringe loose.
the syringe, linear rail and motor.

 Flush system.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Faulty motor.  Remove bracket from motor.

 Take control of the motor and


drive it up and down.

 Ensure the home flag at the


bottom is cut.

 Replace motor or opto board as


required.

Faulty linear rail.  Release bracket from the linear


rail.

 Take control of the motor and


drive it up and down.

 Move the rail manually.

 Clean and oil the rail or replace


as necessary.

364
A79210101_04

Air in syringe

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Air in syringe. Syringe loose.  Finger tighten the syringe.

 Flush system twice.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Syringe damaged.  Replace syringe (see Section 5-4-


6).

 Flush system twice.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Syringe seal damaged.  Replace seal or syringe as


necessary.

 Flush system twice.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Leak on mountant pump  Replace the whole valve


valve.
assembly.

Note: Do not tamper with the


valve settings.
 Flush system twice.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

365
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Leak from fittings.  Check all pipes have square ends


and are pushed fully into the
fittings.

 Re-cut pipe as necessary or


replace.

 Flush system twice.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Mountant not dispensing

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Mountant not Mountant bottle empty.  Ensure mountant bottle is
dispensing.
topped up.

 De-gas.

 Flush system twice.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Mountant bottle not See Section 4-4-16.


pressurising.
Bracket between motor  Check all screws are secure on
and syringe loose.
the syringe, linear rail and motor.

 Flush system.

366
A79210101_04

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Faulty motor.  Remove bracket from motor.

 Take control of the motor and


drive it up and down.

 Ensure the home flag at the


bottom is cut.

 Replace motor or opto board as


required.

Faulty linear rail.  Release bracket from the linear


rail.

 Take control of the motor and


drive it up and down.

 Move the rail manually.

 Clean and oil the rail or replace


as necessary.

Syringe loose.  Finger tighten the syringe.

 Flush system twice.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Syringe damaged.  Replace syringe (see Section 5-4-


6).

 Flush system twice.

367
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Syringe seal damaged.  Replace seal or syringe as


necessary.

 Flush system twice.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Leak on mountant pump  Replace the whole valve


valve.
assembly.

Note: Do not tamper with the


valve settings.
 Flush system twice.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Leak from fittings.  Check all pipes have square ends


and are pushed fully into the
fittings.

 Re-cut pipe as necessary or


replace.

 Flush system twice.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

368
A79210101_04

Corrupted profile.  Check profile number.

 Check that the check sums are


the same (see Section 2-5-3).

Faulty encoder.  Take control of the motor .

 Check encoder values are stable


and move with the motor.

 Replace as required.

Dispensing too much mountant

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Dispensing too Mountant bottle not See Section 4-4-16.
much mountant. pressurising.
Bracket between motor  Check all screws are secure on
and syringe loose.
the syringe, linear rail and motor.

 Flush system.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Faulty motor.  Remove bracket from motor.

 Take control of the motor and


drive it up and down.

 Ensure the home flag at the


bottom is cut.

 Replace motor or opto board as


required.

369
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Faulty linear rail.  Release bracket from the linear


rail.

 Take control of the motor and


drive it up and down.

 Move the rail manually.

 Clean and oil the rail or replace


as necessary.

Syringe loose.  Finger tighten the syringe.

 Flush system twice.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Syringe damaged.  Replace syringe (see Section 5-4-


6).

 Flush system twice.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Syringe seal damaged.  Replace seal or syringe as


necessary.

 Flush system twice.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Leak on mountant pump  Replace the whole valve


valve.

370
A79210101_04

assembly.

Note: Do not tamper with the


valve settings.
 Flush system twice.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Leak from fittings.  Check all pipes have square ends


and are pushed fully into the
fittings.

 Re-cut pipe as necessary or


replace.

 Flush system twice.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18).

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Corrupted profile.  Check profile number.

 Check that the check sums are


the same (see Section 2-5-3).

Faulty encoder.  Take control of the motor .

 Check encoder values are stable


and move with the motor.

 Replace as required.

Incorrect volume  Check volume settings for black


settings.
and white sliders.

 Check the log file for which

371
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

slider colour the instrument is


registering.

 Confirm that this is correct.

 Correct as required or replace


camera (see Section 5-4-23).

Syringe loading part way through a basket

Problem Possible Cause Remedy


Syringe loading part High volume setting.  If the volume setting is high, and
way through a
especially on large baskets, the
basket.
syringe may need to load part
way through a basket.

 No action required.

Mountant bottle not See Section 4-4-16.


pressurising.
Bracket between motor  Check all screws are secure on
and syringe loose.
the syringe, linear rail and motor.

 Flush system.

 Perform a bead test (see Section


3-4-18.

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Faulty motor.  Remove bracket from motor.

 Take control of the motor and


drive it up and down.

 Ensure the home flag at the


bottom is cut.

372
A79210101_04

 Replace motor or opto board as


required.

Faulty linear rail.  Release bracket from the linear


rail.

 Take control of the motor and


drive it up and down.

 Move the rail manually.

 Clean and oil the rail or replace


as necessary.

373
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

4-5 - Engineers' Log Extraction


 The procedure for extracting an Event Log is as follows:
 From the Main Menu press Options.

 From the Options menu press Disc.

 This will display the Disc Options screen.

374
A79210101_04

 Insert a blank, formatted disk into the disk drive.


 Press the 'Write Engineers Log' button.
 The following screen will be displayed whilst the Log is being written to the disk.

 The Event Log is a '.txt' file which can be read using various basic packages.
 It takes the form of a 6000 event list in the following format.

375
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5 - Part Replacement Procedures


5-1 Safety
5-2 Tools Required
5-3 Outer Case Removal
5-4 Parts Replacement By Sub-Assembly
5-5 Software Update

376
A79210101_04

5-1 - Safety
The Safety and Warranty information must have been read and understood
before any work is carried out on this equipment.
Ensure that all Earth connections are correctly replaced.
Follow good laboratory practice at all times.

377
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-2 - Tools Required


The following tools are required to service the Thermo Scientific ClearVue:
 Set of metric allen keys (must include 2.5mm)
 #1 Posidrive screwdriver
 #2 Posidrive screwdriver
 Set of feeler gauges
 Small flat-blade screwdriver
 Medium flat-blade screwdriver
 Set of metric spanners (wrenches)
 Small external circlip pliers
 Tube cutter
 Side cutter
 4mm pneumatic 'T' coupling and pipe. (AP14467 & 100mm of M03681)
 Adjustable torque driver (0.5-5.5Nm. with a resolution of 0.1Nm or better)
 Spring balance (0-3kg with a resolution of 0.1kg or better)
 Dial Test Indicator (DTI) Gauge (with a resolution of 0.02mm or better)
 T61627 Cleaning station setting tool.
 T61645 Gripper setting DTI bracket & gauge plate.
 T61622 Transfer head sprung pad setting tool (Optional)
The following thread locking compounds are required to service the Thermo Scientific
ClearVue:
 Loctite 222
 Loctite 242
 Loctite 638

378
A79210101_04

5-3 - Outer Case Removal


Step 1

1. Disconnect the power lead and switch the battery isolator switch off.
2. Remove the filter cover by sliding it to the left and then lifting it off.
3. Remove the charcoal filter.

379
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Step 2

1. Remove the 2 fixing screws as shown.


2. Remove the back panel - the Earth connection lead can be left attached.
3. Disconnect the filter fan connector from the main PCB.

380
A79210101_04

Step 3

1. Unscrew the mountant bottle cap.


2. Remove the collar by lifting it over the mountant bottle spout.
3. Replace bottle cap after collar is removed.

381
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Step 4

1. Open the debris tray access door and remove the debris tray.
2. Unscrew the 2 fixing screws shown.

382
A79210101_04

Step 5

1. Open the access door and the unload door.


2. Loosen the 2 fixing screws, labelled 'A', to release the main cover from the bracket
on the vertical plate.
3. Remove the 2 fixing screws, labelled 'B', which secure the bracket to the vertical
plate.
4. Making sure the filter / fan connector has been disconnected (Step 2.3), carefully
lift the main cover off the instrument.
Note:
Take care not to trap fingers or bang head on doors when lifting the cover off.

383
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Step 6

1. Remove the 2 fixing screws shown.


2. Remove the right hand cover.
Note:
When refitting the right-hand cover, take care to ensure that the pipe to the slip carriage is
retained within the slot in the cover.

384
A79210101_04

Step 7

1. Remove the 3 fixing screws shown.


2. Carefully lift the left-hand cover off.
Note:
When replacing the LHS assembly, ensure the wires indicated are not trapped between the front
inner liner and the LHS assembly, and ensure the rear cover earth strap is routed correctly.

385
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Step 8

1. Remove the dispense head cleaning station from its mount.


2. Unscrew the stub shaft.
3. Carefully disconnect the pipes running to the pump assembly (located underneath
the debris liner) and the silencer.
Note:
Take note of the pipe routing to facilitate re-assembly.
4. Remove the 6 screws which secure the debris liner.
5. Maneuver the debris liner out in the direction shown.

386
A79210101_04

Step 9 - Exploded View

387
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Description


Number
1 A79230150 Filter Cover
2 A79210038 Main Cover Assembly
3 A79220037 Back Panel
4 A79210032 LHS Assembly
5 A79230142 RHS Cover
6 A79230151 Mountant Bottle Cover
7 A79210045 Mountant Bottle
8 A79230197 Debris Liner
9 A79230198 Debris Tray
10 A79210039 Display Complete

And then ...

Use the Production Services Inputs screen (see Section 2-3-1) to check the operation of
all door sensors, the filter switch and the fans.

388
A79210101_04

5-4 - Parts Replacement By Sub-Assembly


The following sections describe how to remove specific sub-assemblies and components
in order to replace, repair or clean them.

WARNING
UNLESS SPECIFICALLY STATED IN THE PROCEDURE, ENSURE
THAT THE INSTRUMENT IS SWITCHED OFF, DISCONNECTED
FROM THE MAINS SUPPLY AND HAS HAD THE BATTERY BACK-UP
ISOLATED!
FAILURE TO CARRY OUT THE ABOVE PROCEDURE CAN RESULT
IN FATAL ELECTRIC SHOCKS AND SERIOUS DAMAGE TO THE
INSTRUMENT!

5-4-1 - Lift Block

5-4-2 - Pump Assembly

5-4-3 - Basket Open Assembly

5-4-4 - Mountant Solenoid

5-4-5 - Mountant Actuator Assembly

5-4-6 - Mountant Syringe

5-4-7 - Solenoid Assembly

5-4-8 - Vacuum Regulator

5-4-9 - Dispense Head Motor Assembly

5-4-10 - Basket Push Motor Assembly

5-4-11 - Electronics Box

5-4-12 - Coverslip Dispense Motor Assembly

5-4-13 - Gripper Actuator

5-4-14 - Front I/F PCB

5-4-15 - Rear I/F PCB

5-4-16 - Input Motor Assembly

5-4-17 - Input Rail Assembly

389
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-18 - Display PCB

5-4-19 - Inverter PCB

5-4-20 - Touch Screen or Proximity Switch

5-4-21 - Slide Guide

5-4-22 - Support Arm

5-4-23 - Camera Board Replacement

5-4-24 - Lift Motor

5-4-25 - Lift Block Leadscrew

5-4-26 - Miscellaneous Tests for Other Replacements

5-4-27 - Gripper Jaws

390
A79210101_04

5-4-1 - Lift Block

To remove the lift block assembly:

1. Turn the leadscrew using a flat-bladed screwdriver in the slot at the top, to raise
the lift block to an accessible height.
Note:
If the lift block is raised too far the front plate will move over and cover the fixing screws.
2. Remove the 3 fixing screws.
3. Remove the lift block assembly.

To refit the lift block assembly:

1. Position the lift block assembly so that it is butted-up to the datum face on the
linear rail adaptor plate.
2. Replace the fixing screws.

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79210005 1 Lift Block Assy

391
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Replacing the lift block plunger


Note: The plunger can be replaced with the lift block in-situ.

To remove the lift block plunger:


1. Use the screwdriver to align the lift block approximately with the unload rail.
2. Push the basket eject bracket to the left out of the way.
3. Loosen the locking screw by at least 3 full turns.
4. The vertical lift plunger can now be removed.

To remove the lift block plunger:


1. Screw the lift block plunger until the ball spring is in line with the front face of
the lift block.
This is best done by pressing a flat surface such as a slide against the front of the
lift block and screwing in the lift block plunger until it just touches the flat
surface.
2. Tighten the locking screw.
3. Pull the eject bracket back over to the right.

392
A79210101_04

And then ...

 Initialise the instrument.


 Carry out Performance Test 2.
 Carry out Performance Test 1.

393
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-2 - Pump Assembly

To remove the pump assembly:

1. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the rear I/F PCB.


2. Disconnect the pipes taking note of their routing for re-assembly later.
3. Unscrew the pump assembly fixing screws and remove the pump assembly.

To further remove a single pump wired unit:

1. Remove the pump wired fixing screws.


2. Remove the pump wired unit.

To re-assemble, follow the previous instructions in reverse order.

394
A79210101_04

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79220045 2 Pump Wired

And then ...

 Carry out the Mountant Bottle Pneumatic Test.


 Carry out the Vacuum System Test.

395
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-3 - Basket Open & Dispense Head Cleaning Station Assembly

Slide Pusher

To remove the slide pusher:

1. Undo the retaining screw until it is clear of the slide pusher guide.
2. Remove the slide pusher by pulling it carefully off the slide pusher guide.
Note: Be careful not to lose the 2 springs.

To replace the slide pusher:

1. Push the slide pusher onto the slide pusher guide ensuring that the springs are
located correctly in both sets of blind holes.
2. Push the slide pusher all the way onto the slide pusher guide so that the springs
are compressed.
3. Tighten the retaining screw so that it acts as a stop for the slide pusher.

396
A79210101_04

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79230016 1 Slide Pusher
2 AP15176 2 Spring
3 AP15169 1 Linear Rail

Opto Switches

To remove the opto switches:

1. Remove the 2 fixing screws to allow the mounting bracket to be removed.


2. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the rear I/F PCB.
3. Remove the push rivets (2 per opto).
4. Remove and replace the opto switch.
5. Set the bracket position if either opto is replaced.

397
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A78320005 2 Opto Switch

To set the bracket position:

1. Screw tool T61627 to the top of the dispense head cleaning station actuator.
2. Move the actuator up until the tool touches the underside of the dispense arm.
3. Take control of the 'N_Pot' motor from Production Services (see Section 2-4).
4. Move the opto assembly upwards until the 'UP' opto is just activated, and then
lock the opto assembly in place.
5. Check the setting by using the minor increment arrows to move upwards - the
opto should not be seen - and downwards - the opto should be seen.
6. Replace the adaptor shaft and the dispense head cleaning station.

398
A79210101_04

Actuator Assembly

To remove the actuator assembly:

1. Remove the 2 bracket fixing screws.


2. Remove the 2 mounting plate fixing screws located around the back of the vertical
plate.
3. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the rear I/F PCB.
4. Remove the actuator assembly and bracket from the instrument as a single unit.
5. Manually remove the bracket and leadscrew.
6. Remove the 3 flange fixing screws to release the flanged lead-nut.
7. Remove the 4 actuator fixing screws to release the actuator assembly.

To refit the actuator assembly follow steps 1 to 7 in reverse order.

Note:
It is advisable to wind the linear actuator nut off the end of the shaft to gain access and tighten
the 3 flange fixing screws.
Replace the nut and push it into contact with the motor before tightening the bracket fixing
screws.

399
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79220051 1 Actuator Assy

400
A79210101_04

Dispense Head Cleaning Station Actuator Assembly

To remove the dispense head cleaning station actuator assembly:

1. Remove the dispense head cleaning station and the adaptor shaft from the top of
the actuator rod.
2. Remove the 2 mounting plate fixing screws located around the back of the vertical
plate.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector from the rear I/F PCB.
4. Remove the actuator assembly and mounting plate as a single unit.
5. Remove the 4 actuator fixing screws to release the actuator from the mounting
plate.

To refit the actuator assembly:

1. Follow steps 1 to 5 in reverse order.


2. Set the optos as described above.

401
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79220070 1 Cleaning Station Actuator

402
A79210101_04

And then ...

 Carry out Performance Test 2.


 Carry out Performance Test 1.

403
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-4 - Mountant Solenoid Assembly

To remove the mountant solenoid assembly:

1. Disconnect the actuator electrical connectors from the front I/F PCB.
2. Remove the electrical connector from the bottom of the solenoid body.
3. Remove the Nyloc nut from the top of the actuator and lift the bracket upwards
to clear the thread.
4. Unscrew the syringe from the manifold using the knurled section at the bottom.
5. Remove the 2 manifold fixing screws.
6. Remove the assembly.
7. Unscrew the 4 screws securing the actuator to the mountant solenoid assembly.
8. Remove the elbow bracket.

To refit the mountant solenoid assembly follow steps 1 to 8 in reverse


order.

Note:
Ensure all wires are secured away from the moving parts and the syringe is fully screwed in to a
firm finger-tightness.

404
A79210101_04

And then ...

 Flush the system with xylene.


 Carry out mountant bottle pneumatic test (see Section 3-4-4).
 Load mountant.
 De-gas the mountant bottle.
 Flush the system with mountant.
 Perform a bead test (see Section 3-4-18).

405
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-5 - Mountant Pump Actuator Assembly

To remove the mountant actuator:

1. Disconnect the mountant actuator electrical connector from the front I/F PCB.
2. Release the cable-ties.
3. Remove the Nyloc nut to separate the actuator from the bracket.
4. Remove the 4 fixing screws to release the actuator from the manifold.

To refit the actuator assembly follow steps 1 to 4 in reverse order.

Note:
Ensure all wires are neatly cable-tied away from the bracket.

406
A79210101_04

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79220054 1 Mountant Actuator

And then ...

 Flush the system with xylene.


 Carry out the Mountant Bottle Pneumatic Test.
 Load mountant.
 De-gas the mountant bottle.
 Flush the system with mountant.
 Perform a Bead Test.

407
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-6 - Mountant Syringe

To remove the syringe:

1. Unscrew the retaining screw from the bracket.


2. Unscrew the syringe from the manifold.

To refit the syringe:

1. Follow steps 1 and 2 in reverse order.


2. When refitting the syringe, ensure that it is fully screwed in to the manifold.
Note:
Do not use tools to tighten the syringe, but ensure that it is firmly screwed in.
3. When replacing the retaining screw torque it to 1.8Nm.

408
A79210101_04

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 AP15217 1 Syringe

409
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

And then ...

 Flush the system with xylene.


 Carry out the Mountant Bottle Pneumatic Test.
 Load mountant.
 De-gas the mountant bottle.
 Flush the system with mountant.
 Perform a Bead Test.

410
A79210101_04

5-4-7 - Solenoid Assembly

To remove the solenoid assemblies:

1. Disconnect the pneumatic pipes, taking note of their routing to facilitate re-
assembly.
2. Unscrew the 2 fixing screws shown for the assembly required.
3. Remove the required assembly.

To refit, follow steps 1 to 3 in reverse order.

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79210015 1 Solenoid Assy (Upper) - Pressure De-
Gas Complete
2 A79210016 1 Solenoid Assy (Lower) - Vacuum
System Complete

And then ...

 Carry out the Mountant Bottle Pneumatic Test.

411
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 Load and process a basket of dry slides with 'Prep' On.

412
A79210101_04

5-4-8 - Vacuum Regulator

To remove the vacuum regulator:

1. Remove the rear panel as described in Section 5-3 (Step 2).


2. Disconnect the pipes from the regulator, taking note of the routing for re-
assembly.
3. Undo the locking ring which holds the regulator in its bracket.
4. Remove the pipe couplings from the old regulator and fit them to the new one.
5. Fit the new regulator ensuring the word 'VAC', which is printed on the unit, is on
the top.
6. Refit the pipes.

413
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 AP15246 1 Vacuum Regulator

And then ...

 Carry out a Vacuum System Test.


 Carry out a Coverslip Dispense System Test.
 Load and process a basket of dry slides with 'Prep' On.
 Check the Engineers Log for decay times (see Section 4-5).

414
A79210101_04

5-4-9 - Coverslip Transfer Head Motor Assembly

Step 1

To remove the transfer head motor, belt or pulley:

1. Remove the electronics box (see Section 5-4-11).


2. Remove the coverslip transfer head (see Operator Guide Section 3-3).
3. Loosen the screws securing the upper and lower drive arms to the pulley shafts,
and remove the arms.
Note:
Do not remove the circlip; the main mounting block and lower drive arm are removed as one.
Note:
If the circlip is removed for any reason it must be replaced with a new one - do not reuse the
original!
Tip:
If the drive arms are held tightly to their shafts, insert the screw in the opposite side of the arm
and a thin piece of metal between the jaws to create a jacking surface. Tighten the screw to
produce some clearance.
4. Remove the pin to allow the pulley shaft to pass through the vertical plate.

415
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Step 2

1. Loosen the belt tension pulley using the 2 fixing screws on the back of the motor
mounting plate.
2. Remove the vacuum regulator fixings.
3. Remove the 3 Nyloc nuts which secure the motor mounting plate to the studs.
Note:
Do not lose the tensioning spring.
4. Pull the motor assembly and mounting plate off the studs.
5. Replace the motor assembly, pulleys or belts as required.
6. If refitting the motor assembly, ensure the wires are oriented as shown.
7. If refitting a pulley, set the height from the mounting plate as shown, and tighten
the clamp screw to 1.2Nm as per current methods.

416
A79210101_04

8. If refitting the bottom pulley, ensure the flag is oriented as shown.

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79230044 2 Timing Pulley
2 AP15242 1 Timing Belt
3 A79220047 1 Motor Assy

417
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Step 3

To set up the belt drive:

1. Fit the timing belt over all the timing pulleys and under the tensioning pulley.
2. Replace the motor assembly and mounting plate onto the studs and secure with
the relevant fixings.
Note:
Do not tighten the pillar screws yet.
3. Orient the bottom pulley as described in the previous step to ensure the flag is
correctly positioned in relation to the opto switch.
4. From the front, fit the upper drive arm - do not tighten yet!
5. Re-insert the pin in the lower pulley shaft, then fit and secure the lower drive arm
(inc. main mounting block).
6. Move the lower drive arm to its TDC position and place a straightedge along the
vertical side face.
7. Align the upper and lower drive arms so that they are parallel, using the
straightedge as a guide.
8. Tighten the upper drive arm.
9. Using a square, as shown, ensure the main mounting block is perpendicular to
the vertical plate, then tighten the pillar screws.
10. Loosen the spring fixing nut to allow the tensioning spring to rotate.
Note:
If necessary, remove tension from the belt by loosening the 2 tensioning system fixing screws.
11. Remove the lower fixing screw and take off the spring washer - then replace the
fixing screw and tighten it.
12. Remove the home opto to prevent damaging it.
13. Back of the lower fixing screw by ¼ of a turn to allow the tensioning system to
slide but still remain well located.

418
A79210101_04

419
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Step 4

1. Carefully stretch the tensioning spring so that the loop on the free end can be
hooked over the loosened upper fixing screw.
2. Rotate the dispense head mechanism to ensure that any belt slack is evenly
distributed.
3. With the tensioning spring in position, tighten the lower fixing screw.
4. Un-hook the tensioning spring from the upper fixing screw and return it to its
'parked' position - tighten the Nyloc to fix it in place.
5. Tighten the upper fixing screw.
6. Remove the lower fixing screw, replace the spring washer and then replace and
tighten the screw.
7. Re-check the drive arm alignment using a straightedge.
8. Replace the home opto.

420
A79210101_04

And then ...

 Initialise the instrument.


 Carry out Performance Test 2.

421
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-10 - Basket Push Motor Assembly

To remove the basket push actuator assembly:

1. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the main PCB.


2. Remove the 2 bracket fixing screws from the front of the vertical plate.
3. Withdraw the actuator assembly from the lead-nut by pulling in the direction
shown.
4. Remove the 3 flange fixing screws to release the flanged lead nut.
5. Remove the 4 actuator fixing screws.

To refit the basket push actuator assembly follow steps 1 to 5 in reverse.

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79220051 1 Actuator Assy

And then ...

 Initialise the instrument.

422
A79210101_04

 Turn 'Prep' to '0' (see Section 2-5-2).


 Load and process 5 empty baskets.
 Remove the empty baskets from the unload rail.
 Turn 'Prep' to '1' (see Section 2-5-2).
 Load and process a full basket.
 Ensure all slides are coverslipped without any problems.

423
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-11 - Electronics Box

Identification of parts

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 AP15186 1 Power Supply Unit (PSU)
2 AP14133 1 Disc Drive
3 A79210122 1 Battery Kit
4 A79220063 1 Fan Assembly
5 A79210123 1 Battery PCB Kit
6 A79210109 1 Main PCB Kit

424
A79210101_04

7 A79210124 1 Interconnect PCB Kit


8 A79210121 1 Processor PCB Kit

To remove the electronics box:

1. Remove the back panel and main cover.


2. Disconnect all cableforms to the main interconnect board.
3. Disconnect the pipe from the pneumatic valve.
4. Remove the 4 fixing screws shown to allow the electronics box to be removed.

To refit the electronics box:

1. Follow steps 1 to 4 in reverse order.


2. Refer to the following diagrams for details of wire routing and terminations.

425
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

426
A79210101_04

In the event of having replaced the entire electronics box:

 Check that the latest software version is installed (see Section 3-4-12).
 Perform a 'Reset 7' (see Section 2-5-3).
 Carry out ProdTst5, ProdTst6 and ProdTst7 (see Section 2-5-1).
 Perform an 'Autoslip' (see Section 2-5-6).
 Perform the Setup procedure (see Setup Instructions).
 Carry out Performance Test 2.
 Carry out Performance Test 1.
 Ensure all settings are correct.

If stored data is still accessible:

 Copy the parameters to disk.

427
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 Record the user setup information.


 Carry out Performance Test 2.
 Carry out Performance Test 1.
 Carry out Vacuum System Test.
 Ensure all settings are correct.

Individual Component Replacement

5-4-11-1 - Power Supply

5-4-11-2 - Disc Drive

5-4-11-3 - Battery

5-4-11-4 - Fan Assembly

5-4-11-5 - Battery PCB

5-4-11-6 - Main PCB, Interconnect PCB and Processor PCB

5-4-11-7 - Speaker

5-4-11-8 - Fuse Replacement

428
A79210101_04

5-4-11-1 - Power Supply

To remove the PSU:

1. Ensure the mains power and battery isolation switches are in their 'Off' positions.
2. Disconnect the mains power cable.
3. Remove all of the M4 SEMS which secure the electronics box cover to the
electronics box case.
4. Disconnect the earth lead from the cover.
5. Disconnect the PSU and speaker connectors from the PCB.
6. Disconnect the 3 wires (L, N and E) from the PSU.
7. Unscrew the 2 Nyloc nuts and lift the PSU bracket out of the case.
8. Remove the fixing screws which secure the PSU to the bracket.
9. Disconnect the remaining wires, taking note of their routing for reassembly later.

To replace the PSU follow steps 1 to 9 in reverse.

429
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 AP15186 1 Power Supply Unit (PSU)

And then ...

 Initialise the instrument.


 Ensure the speaker tone is audible after initialisation.
 Check the VOLTAGES screen (see Section 2-3-4) to ensure that the 24V_PSU
value shown is between 23.5V and 27.5V.
 Carry out ProdTst7 (see Section 2-5-1).

430
A79210101_04

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

431
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-11-2 - Disk Drive

To remove the disk drive:

1. Remove the electronics box cover (see Section 5-4-11-1).


2. Disconnect the ribbon cable and the power cable from the back of the disk-drive.
3. Loosen the 2 Nyloc nuts on the base of the electronics box and remove the M4
SEM on the side of the instrument.
4. Slide the disk-drive assembly out in the direction shown, to allow the keyhole slots
to pass over the Nyloc nuts, and then lift out.
5. To remove the bracket, remove the 4 fixing screws located under the disk-drive.

To refit the disk-drive follow steps 1 to 5 in reverse.

432
A79210101_04

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 AP14133 1 Disk Drive

And then ...

 Write an Engineers Log to the a floppy disk (see Section 4-5).


 Check that the Log file is correct (no corrupt characters, correct text order etc.)

433
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-11-3 - Battery

To replace the batteries:

1. Remove the electronics box cover (see Section 5-4-11-1).


2. Disconnect the battery lead from the main PCB and from the battery PCB.
3. Replace each battery separately to ensure the wires do not get crossed.
4. Always replace the batteries as a pair.

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 AP14192 2 Battery

And then ...

 Carry out ProdTst7 (see Section 2-5-1).

434
A79210101_04

5-4-11-4 - Fan Assembly

To remove the fan assembly:

1. Disconnect the electrical connector from the main PCB.


2. Release the wires from the Velcro straps.
3. Remove the push-fit rivets which hold the fan assembly in the case.

To refit the fan assembly follow steps 1 to 3 in reverse.

Note:
Ensure the fan assembly is fitted with the cut-out oriented as shown, and with the air-flow
drawing air into the box.

435
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79220063 1 Fan Assembly

And then ...

 From the INPUTS screen (see Section 2-3-1) check the operation of the fan.
 The frequency displayed should be > 80Hz.

436
A79210101_04

5-4-11-5 - Battery PCB

To remove the battery PCB:

1. Remove the electronics box cover and PSU bracket (see Section 5-4-11-1).
2. Disconnect the battery lead from the PCB.
3. Pull the PCB off the mounting studs.

To refit the battery PCB follow steps 1 to 3 in reverse.

437
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79220023 1 Battery PCB

And then ...

 Carry out ProdTst7 (see Section 2-5-1).

438
A79210101_04

5-4-11-6 - Main PCB, Interconnect PCB and Processor PCB

To replace the processor, main or interconnect PCB:

1. Remove the electronics box cover (see Section 5-4-11-1).


2. Unplug all connectors from the main PCB.
3. Remove all M4 SEMs to release the main PCB from the electronics case.
4. Lift out all 3 PCBs together.
5. Remove the fixing screws connecting the processor PCB and spacer to the main
PCB.
6. The PCBs should now be able to be separated from each other.
7. Fit the replacement PCB and reassemble by following steps 1 to 6 in reverse.

439
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79220021 1 Main PCB
2 A79220022 1 Interconnect PCB
3 AP14741 1 Processor PCB

If the processor PCB has been replaced:

 Check that the latest software version is installed (see Section 3-4-12).
 Perform a 'Reset 7' (see Section 2-5-3).
 Carry out ProdTst5, ProdTst6 and ProdTst7 (see Section 2-5-1).
 Perform an 'Autoslip' (see Section 2-5-6).
 Perform the Setup procedure (see Setup Instructions).
 Carry out Performance Test 2.
 Carry out Performance Test 1.
 Ensure all settings are correct.

If the Main PCB or Interconnect PCB has been replaced:

 Initialise the instrument.


 Ensure the speaker tone is audible after initialization.
 Write an Engineers Log to a floppy disk (see Section 4-5).
 Ensure the Log file reads correctly and is not corrupt.
 Carry out Performance Test 1.

440
A79210101_04

5-4-11-7 - Speaker

To remove the speaker assembly:

1. Remove the electronics box cover and PSU bracket (see Section 5-4-11-1).
2. Remove the 4 push-fit rivets to release the speaker assembly.

To replace the speaker assembly follow steps 1 and 2 in reverse.

441
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A78420081 1 Speaker Assy

And then ...

 Switch the instrument off.


 Open the doors and switch the instrument back on.
 Ensure the speaker emits a 'double-beep' and pauses the initialization.

442
A79210101_04

5-4-11-8 - Fuse Replacement

To replace the Mains inlet fuses:

1. Disconnect the Main power cable.


2. Open the fuse door - the fuses are held in a carrier.
3. Fuse kit A79210104 contains 2 x T6.3A, 250V fuses.

To replace the internal fuses:

1. Ensure the Mains power and battery isolation switches are in the 'Off' position.
2. Remove the electronics box cover (see Section 5-4-11-1).
3. Fuse kit A79210152 contains 3 x F12A, 250V fuses.

443
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79210104 1 Mains Inlet Fuse - T6.3A, 250V
2 A79210104 1 Mains Inlet Fuse - T6.3A, 250V
3 A79210152 1 Mains Board F1 PSU Fuse - F12A,
250V
4 A79210152 1 Battery Board F1 Battery Fuse 1 -
F12A, 250V
5 A79210152 1 Battery Board F2 Battery Fuse 2 -
F12A, 250V

444
A79210101_04

5-4-12 - Coverslip Dispense Motor Assembly

Follow either Procedure 1 or Procedure 2 depending on the type of Coverslip Dispense


Tensioner fitted to the ClearVue instrument:

Procedure 1:
Dispense Motor Assembly

To remove the dispense motor assembly:

1. Remove the touch-screen assembly (see Section 5-4-18 to remove the Display PCB,
then Section 5-4-20 to remove the touchscreen).
2. Loosen the 2 fixing screws which secure the pulley mounting block to release the
belt tension.
3. Remove the belt from the pulley on the dispense motor shaft.
4. Remove the 2 fixing screws which secure the motor assembly to the horizontal
plate.
5. Disconnect the electrical connector from the rear I/F PCB.

When replacing the dispense motor assembly:

1. When fitting the motor pulley tighten the clamp screw to 1.2Nm.
2. Set the top face of the motor pulley to a height of 17mm from the mounting plate
as shown.
3. Tension the belt using a spring balance to apply 3kg of force to the pulley
mounting block whilst tightening the screws.

445
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Note:
Always apply the tensioning force as close to the mounting block centreline as possible.

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 AP1856 1 Dispense Motor Assy

Slip Dispense Opto Switch Assembly

To remove the slip dispense opto switch assembly:

1. Disconnect the electrical connector from the touch-screen PCB.

446
A79210101_04

2. Snip the cable-tie to release the wires.


3. Release the push-fit rivets from above the horizontal plate to allow the opto switch
to be removed.

To refit the slip dispense opto switch follow steps 1 to 3 in reverse.

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A78320005 1 Opto Switch Assy

447
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Slip Dispense Timing Belt

To remove the slip dispense timing belt:

1. Remove the timing belt from the pulleys as described in Dispense Motor
Assembly.
2. Remove the 2 fixing screws to allow the timing belt clamp to be removed.
3. The timing belt should now be free to be removed.

To refit the timing belt follow steps 1 to 3 in reverse.

Note:
Ensure the timing belt is tensioned as described in Dispense Motor Assembly.

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 AP15203 1 Timing Belt

And Then ...


 Initialise the instrument.
 Carry out Performance Test 3.

448
A79210101_04

 Carry out Performance Test 1.

Procedure 2:
Dispense Motor Assembly
To remove the dispense motor assembly:

1. Remove the slip dispense opto cover and the display cable cover (see Section 5-4-
18).
2. Loosen the belt tensioner locking screw to release the belt tension.
3. Remove the motor cover.
4. Remove the belt from the pulley on the slip dispense motor shaft.
5. Remove the 2 fixing screws which secure the motor assembly to the horizontal
plate.
6. Disconnect the electrical connector from the rear I/F PCB.

449
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

When replacing the dispense motor assembly:

1. When fitting the motor pulley tighten the clamp screw to 1.2Nm.
2. Set the top face of the motor pulley to a height of 17mm from the mounting plate
as shown.
3. Tension the belt using a spring balance to apply 1.7-1.8kg of force to the belt
tensioning bracket whilst tightening the locking screw.

450
A79210101_04

451
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 AP1856 1 Dispense Motor Assy

Slip Dispense Home Opto Switch Assembly


To remove the slip dispense home opto switch:
1. Remove the touch screen assembly (see Section 5-4-18 to remove the Display PCB,
then Section 5-4-20 to remove the touchscreen).
2. Disconnect the electrical connector from the touch-screen PCB.
3. Snip the cable-tie to release the wires.
4. Release the push-fit rivets from above the horizontal plate to allow the opto switch
to be removed.
To refit the slip dispense opto switch follow steps 1 to 3 in reverse.

452
A79210101_04

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A78320005 1 Opto Switch Assy

Slip Dispense Timing Belt


To remove the slip dispense timing belt:
1. Remove the timing belt from the pulleys as described in Dispense Motor
Assembly. There is no need to remove the opto cover and the display cable cover.
2. Remove the 2 fixing screws to allow the timing belt clamp to be removed.
3. The timing belt should now be free to be removed.
To refit the timing belt follow steps 1 to 3 in reverse.
Note:
Ensure the timing belt is tensioned as described in Dispense Motor Assembly above.

453
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 AP15203 1 Timing Belt

And Then ...


 Initialise the instrument.
 Carry out Performance Test 1.

454
A79210101_04

5-4-13 - Gripper Actuator

Gripper Link Assembly

To remove the gripper link assembly:

1. Remove the M5 screw to allow access to the retaining pin.


2. Use a pair of pliers to remove the retaining pin to release the long linkage arm.
3. Remove the clevis pin to release the short linkage arm.

To refit the gripper link assembly follow steps 1 to 3 in reverse.

Note:
Ensure all washers are in place at the ends of the linkage bars.

455
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79210057 1 Link Assy

Gripper Actuator Assembly

To remove the gripper actuator assembly:

1. Remove the 2 mounting plate fixing screws from above the horizontal plate.
2. Withdraw the leadscrew from the flanged lead-nut by sliding the actuator
assembly out in the direction shown.
3. Remove the 4 actuator fixing screws to release the mounting plate.

To replace the gripper actuator assembly follow steps 1 to 3 in reverse.

456
A79210101_04

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79220051 1 Actuator Assy

And Then ...

 Check the gripper stop cam (see Section 3-4-13).


 Initialise the instrument.
 Carry out Performance Test 2.
 Carry out Performance Test 1.

457
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-14 - Front I/F PCB

To removed the front I/F PCB:

1. Disconnect all electrical connectors.


2. Remove the 4 fixing nuts to allow the PCB to be lifted off the spacer mounts.

To refit the front I/F PCB follow steps 1 and 2 in reverse.

458
A79210101_04

Item Part Qty. Description


Number

1 A79220026 1 Front I/F PCB

And then ...

 Initialise the instrument.


 Use the INPUTS screen to check that the load, unload and access door all operate
correctly (see Section 2-3-1).
 Carry out Performance Test 1.

459
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-15 - Rear I/F PCB

To remove the rear I/F PCB:

1. Disconnect all electrical connectors.


2. Disconnect the pipework leaving the 3 short pipes attached to their respective
pressure transducers.
3. Use a small screwdriver to release the PCB from the 4 PCB mountings to allow
the PCB to be removed.

To refit the rear I/F PCB follow steps 1 to 3 in reverse.

Note:
Ensure all electrical connectors and pipework are correctly routed and that all the pipework is
fully pushed home.

460
A79210101_04

Item Part Qty. Description


Number

1 A79220027 1 Rear I/F PCB.

And then ...

 Initialise the instrument.


 Carry out the Mountant Bottle Pneumatic Test.
 Carry out the Vacuum System Test.
 Carry out Performance Test 1.

461
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-16 - Input Motor Assembly

To remove the input motor assembly:

1. Remove the 3 casting fixing screws to allow the mountant bottle support casting
to be removed.
2. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the front I/F PCB and cut any cable ties
to free the wires.
3. Loosen the 2 fixing screws securing the motor bracket to the vertical plate to allow
the belt tension to be released.
4. Remove the belt from the pulley and lift the motor bracket off the fixing screws.
5. Remove the 4 fixing screws which attach the motor to the bracket.

To refit the motor assembly follow steps 1 to 5 in reverse.

Note:
Ensure all wires are neatly cable-tied in their original bundles.
Note:
When refitting the timing belt, tension it to 2kg using a spring balance.

462
A79210101_04

Item Part Qty. Description


Number

1 A79220047 1 Input Motor Assy

And then ...

 Initialise the instrument.


 Carry out Performance Test 2.

463
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-17 - Input Rail Assembly

Input Rail Assembly Removal

To remove the input rail assembly:

1. Follow the instructions in Section 5-4-16 - including removal of the 2 highlighted


fixing screws.
2. Disconnect all the electrical connectors.
3. Remove the input rail which should now only be connected by the 2 location
dowels.

Item Part Qty. Description


Number

1 A79210006 1 Input Rail Assembly

2 AP15155 1 Timing Belt

464
A79210101_04

3 59920128 1 Proximity Switch

4 A79220058 1 Opto Switch

Disassembly of Input Rail Assembly

To disassemble the input rail assembly:

1. Remove the 4 pairs of fixing screws to allow the assembly to slip apart.
2. Pull the bearing blocks off the leadscrew at either end.
3. Undo the pulley clamp to allow the pulley to be removed.
4. The carriage assembly can be removed from the leadscrew by screwing it off the
end.
5. Release the push-fit rivets to remove the opto switch.
6. Remove the 2 proxy fixing screws to release the proximity switch.

To reassemble the input rail assembly follow steps 1 to 6 in reverse.

Note:
When refitting the opto switch ensure the wires are routed as shown to leave clear access to the
leadscrew end slot.
Note:
When screwing the 2 halves of the rail back together, ensure the faces are properly aligned.

465
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Bearing and Pop-Out Pin

To remove the bearing and pop-out pin:

1. Remove the countersunk screw, and subsequently the bearing and spacer.
2. Withdraw the pop-out pin and spring from the rail.

To refit the bearing and pop-out pin follow steps 1 and 2 in reverse.

Note:
Ensure the flat on the pop-out pin is on the correct side, and that the pin moves freely without
snagging.

466
A79210101_04

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 AP15199 1 Bearing

Carriage Assembly

To remove the carriage assembly:

1. Withdraw the leadscrew from the lead nut.


2. Remove the 2 grub screws to release the latch pins.
Note:
The head of the bearing grub screw is a press fit in the inner race of the bearing.
3. Remove the latch housing from the carriage bracket by removing the 2
countersunk fixing screws.

When reassembling the carriage assembly:

1. Ensure all parts are free from burrs and move freely without snagging.
2. Ensure the chamfers on the latch pins are facing the correct way.
3. Use Loctite 222 on the countersunk fixing screws.

467
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Note:
If only the retractable latch requires removal, this can be done without disassembling the load
rail - wind the carriage as far towards the pop-out pin as possible and the latch will protrude
from the load rail.

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79210030 1 Latch Complete
2 A79210019 1 Latch Complete

And Then ...

 Initialise the instrument.


 Carry out Performance Test 2.

468
A79210101_04

5-4-18 - Display PCB

To remove the display PCB:

1. Remove the outer instrument covers (see Section 5-3).


2. Remove the Opto cover and the Display Cable cover.
3. Remove the 2 fixing screws which hold the display screen assembly to the
horizontal plate.
4. Turn the display screen over and remove the invertor PCB cover as shown.
5. Disconnect all the connectors to the display PCB.
6. Remove the 4 SEMs to allow the display PCB to be removed.

To refit the display PCB follow steps 1 to 6 in reverse.

469
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

470
A79210101_04

Item Part Qty. Description


Number

1 A79230139 1 Invertor PCB Cover

2 AP14377 2 SEM Pan Pozi M3 x 6 LG.


MSZNPL

3 A79220025 1 Display PCB

4 AP15094 4 SEM Pan Pozi M3 x 10 LG.


MSZNPL

And then ...

 Initialise the instrument.


 Use the 'X-Spot' function to check touch screen operation (see Section 2-5-7).
 Adjust the viewing angle and brightness of the screen as required (see Operator
Guide Section 3-4).
 Use the INPUTS screen to check the operation of the debris door (see Section 2-
3-1).
 Use 'Testslip' (see Section 2-5-2) and 'Slip QC' (see Section 2-5-6) to check the
operation of the coverslip dispense sensors.

471
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-19 - Inverter PCB

To remove the invertor PCB:

1. Follow steps 1 to 3 of Section 5-4-18.


2. Disconnect the 2 connectors to the invertor PCB.
3. Slide the invertor PCB out.

To refit the invertor PCB follow steps 1 to 3 in reverse.

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 AP14914 1 Invertor PCB (INVC191)

472
A79210101_04

And then ...

 Initialise the instrument.


 Use the 'X-Spot' function to check touch screen operation (see Section 2-5-7).
 Adjust the viewing angle and brightness of the screen as required (see Operator
Guide Section 3-4).
 Use the INPUTS screen to check the operation of the debris door (see Section 2-
3-1).
 Use 'Testslip' (see Section 2-5-2) and 'Slip QC' (see Section 2-5-6) to check the
operation of the coverslip dispense sensors.

473
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-20 - Touch Screen or Proximity Switch

Display Touchscreen Removal

To remove the display touchscreen

1. Remove the display PCB as described in Section 5-4-18.


2. Remove the display touchscreen.

474
A79210101_04

Item Part Qty. Description


Number

1 AP15052 1 Display Touchscreen

2 59920128 1 Proximity Switch

Proximity Switch Removal

To remove the proximity switch:

1. Follow steps 1 and 2 above.


2. Remove the proximity switch.

Refitting Display PCB and Proximity Switch

To refit the display PCB and the proximity switch follow the above steps
in reverse.

Note:
Ensure the fold of the ribbon cable stays within the recess on the touchscreen.
Note:
If changing the proximity switch, use a piece of Armaflex tape to hold the new switch in place.

If the Touchscreen Has Been Replaced

 Initialise the instrument.


 Use the 'X-Spot' function to check touch screen operation (see Section 2-5-7).
 Adjust the viewing angle and brightness of the screen as required (see Operator
Guide Section 3-4).
 Use the INPUTS screen to check the operation of the debris door (see Section 2-
3-1).
 Use 'Testslip' (see Section 2-5-2) and 'Slip QC' (see Section 2-5-6) to check the
operation of the coverslip dispense sensors.

475
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

If the Proximity Switch Has Been Replaced

 Use the INPUTS screen to check the operation of the doors (see Section 2-3-1).

476
A79210101_04

5-4-21 - Slide Guide

Note:
The leaf spring can be replaced with the slide guide in-situ; remove the lower main guide fixing
screw and pull the leaf spring out.

To remove the slide guide assembly:

1. Remove the 4 assembly fixing screws.

To disassemble the slide guide assembly:

1. Remove the various sets of fixings shown to enable the assembly to be separated.

When reassembling the slide guide assembly:

1. Ensure the mating edges / faces of all components are fully butted-up to one
another.
2. When fitting the slide guide assembly to the horizontal plate, push the assembly
so that it butts-up to the linear guide and then check that it is square to the plate
using an engineers square.

477
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79210018 1 Slide Guide Assembly
2 A79230076 1 Slide Main Guide
3 A79230078 1 Slide Guide Leaf Spring
4 A79230077 1 Basket Support Slide Rail
5 A79230079 1 Slide Guide Mounting Block

And then ...

 Initialise the instrument.


 Carry out Performance Test 2.
 Carry out Performance Test 1.

478
A79210101_04

5-4-22 - Slip Dispense Carriage, End Stop and Support Arm

To remove the support arm:

1. Remove the coverslip hopper if fitted.


2. Push down the dispense head cleaning station.
3. Remove the pneumatic line to the slip dispense carriage.
4. Remove the timing belt clamp as described in Section 5-4-12.
5. Remove the 8 carriage fixing screws to allow the support arm to be removed.

Item Part Qty. Description


Number

1 A79210026 1 Support Arm

479
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

To refit the support arm follow steps 1 to 5 in reverse.

Note: Ensure that the alignment face on the arm is butted-up to the linear guide carriages.
Note: Ensure that no debris gets stuck under the support arm during fitting as this could make
it impossible to set the end stop correctly.

And then ...

 If support arm has been changed check the following:


 Gripper alignment (see Section 3-4-8).
 Needle height (see Section 3-4-9).
 Coverslip dispense end stop height (see Section 3-4-11).
 Carry out the 'Auto slip' function (see Section 2-5-6).
 Carry out the 'test slip' function ( see Section 2-5-2).
 Carry out a Bead Test (see Section 3-4-18).

To remove the slip dispense carriage:


1. Remove the coverslip hopper if fitted.
2. If the support arm has not been removed disconnect the pneumatic pipe to the
carriage.
3. Remove the slip dispense banjo fitting.
4. Remove the 2 fixing screws.
5. If the support arm has not been removed then push the dispense head cleaning
station down and push the support arm backwards to allow removal of the slip
dispense carriage.

480
A79210101_04

To refit the carriage follow steps 1 to 5 in reverse.


Note: Ensure that the slip dispense carriage butts up against the support alignment faces.
Note: Ensure that no debris gets stuck under the slip dispense carriage during fitting as this
could make it impossible to set the end stop correctly.
And then ...
 Check the coverslip dispense end stop height (see Section 3-4-11).
 Carry out the 'Auto slip' function (see Section 2-5-6).
 Carry out the 'test slip' function ( see Section 2-5-2).

To remove the slip dispense end stop:


1. Remove the coverslip hopper if fitted.
2. Remove the slip dispense opto cover.
3. Remove the fixing screw.

481
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

To refit the end stop follow steps 1 to 3 in reverse.


Note: Ensure that end stop sits flush against the alignment face when fitted and tightened.
Note: Apply blue loctite 242 to the threads of the fixing screw.

And then ...


 Check the coverslip dispense end stop height (see Section 3-4-11).
 Carry out the 'Auto slip' function (see Section 2-5-6).
 Carry out the 'test slip' function ( see Section 2-5-2).

482
A79210101_04

5-4-23 - Camera Board Replacement

To remove the camera board:

1. Remove the 4 fixing screws shown and the 2 push-fit rivet (not shown) to allow
the 2 camera covers to be removed.
2. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the camera board.
3. Release the 2 fixings which secure the camera mounting block to the horizontal
plate.

To refit the camera board follow steps 1 to 3 in reverse order.

483
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

And then ...

 Initialise the instrument.


 Use the 'Snapshot' function to check that the image shows the grippers (see
Section 2-5-5).
 Check jaw / slide alignment using Production test 5 (see Section 2-5-1).
 Carry out Performance Test 1.
 Carry out Performance Test 2.

484
A79210101_04

5-4-24 - Lift Motor

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79220055 1 Lift Motor Assembly
2 AP15241 1 Timing Belt

Timing Belt Removal

To remove the timing belt:

1. Loosen the 2 fixing screws to release the belt tension.


2. Remove the timing belt from the pulleys.

485
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Lift Motor Assembly Removal

To remove the lift motor assembly:

1. Remove the timing belt as described above.


2. Completely remove the 2 fixing screws to allow the motor assembly to be
removed.
3. Disconnect the electrical cable from the front I/F PCB.
4. Remove the 4 screws which attach the motor to the mounting plate.

Refitting the Lift Motor and Timing Belt

When refitting the lift motor and timing belt:

1. Ensure the top edge of the motor pulley is 17mm from the mounting plate face as
shown. The correct torque for the pulley clamp is 1.2Nm.
2. Tension the belt using a spring balance to apply 2kg of force to the assembly
whilst tightening the screws.
Note:
Ensure the tensioning force is applied as close to the centreline of the fixing screws as possible.
And Then...
 Carry out Performance Test 2

 Carry out Performance Test 1

486
A79210101_04

5-4-25 - Lift Block Leadscrew

To remove the lift block leadscrew:

1. Remove the cap-head screw which fixes the drive transfer plate to the lift block.
2. Remove the timing belt (see Section 5-4-24).
3. Remove the clamp and pulley from the bottom of the leadscrew.
4. Remove the bearing block from the top of the leadscrew.
5. The leadscrew and drive transfer plate can now be removed.

To replace the lift block leadscrew:

1. Position the new assembly so that the drive transfer plate can be loosely fixed to
the lift block.
2. Move the lift block to the bottom of its travel then tighten the screw to secure the
drive transfer plate to the lift block.
Note:
Use Loctite 222 on the screw thread.
3. Raise the lift block to the top of its travel and fit the bearing block.
4. Refit the pulley and clamp to the bottom of the leadscrew. The correct torque for
the pulley clamp is 1.2Nm.
Note:
Ensure the thrust washer is in place as shown.
5. Tension the timing belt (see Section 5-4-24).

487
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Item Part Qty. Description


Number
1 A79210126 1 Drive Transfer Plate Kit

And then ...

 Check the alignment of the leadscrew by moving the lift block from top to
bottom using a 0.1Nm torque.
Note:
Timing belt must be removed or lift motor must be disconnected from front I/F PCB to carry
out torque test.
 Initialise the instrument.
 Carry out Performance Test 2.
 Carry out Performance Test 1.

488
A79210101_04

5-4-26 - Miscellaneous Tests for Other Replacements

Part Replaced Tests Required After Replacement


Suction Cup  Carry out Performance Test 1.
Opto Cableform  Initialise the instrument.
Long (Slotted)
 Use the INPUTS screen to check the operation of
the sensor when open and obscured (see Section 2-
3-1).
Opto Cableform  Initialise the instrument.
Short (Slotted)
 Use the INPUTS screen to check the operation of
the sensor when open and obscured (see Section 2-
3-1).
Fan Microswitch  Use the INPUTS screen to check the operation of
the filter switch and extraction fan (see Section 2-3-
1).
 The feedback frequency should be > 80Hz with the
unload door open.
 The feedback frequency should be > 50Hz with the
unload door closed.
Short and Long  Check, and adjust if necessary, the gripper
Gripper Jaws
alignment (see Section 3-4-8).
 Check, and adjust if necessary, needle height (see
Section 3-4-9).
 Check, and adjust if necessary, the coverslip transfer
head hard stop position (see Section 3-4-10).
 Carry out ProdTst6 (see Section 2-5-1).
 Refit the covers (see Section 5-3).
 Carry out a Bead Test (see Section 3-4-18).
 Carry out Performance Test 2.
 Carry out Performance Test 1.

489
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

5-4-27 - Gripper Jaws

To remove the gripper jaws:

1. Switch off the ClearVue.


2. Manually push the gripper over to the right (as shown below) for better access.
3. Remove the single M4 socket head cap screw that fixes the gripper jaw to the
support arm.
4. Slide the gripper arm off the dowel pin to remove it.

Note:
The gripper jaws can be a tight fit on the dowel pins and also tend to get stuck with mountant.
If the jaws are difficult to remove, then use the slots shown below to pry a gripper jaw off the
support arm.

490
A79210101_04

To replace the gripper arm:

1. When replacing the long gripper inspect the paint on the new gripper arm to
ensure that it is undamaged.
2. Replacing the gripper arm is the reverse of removing the gripper arm.

And then ...

If the short gripper is replaced:


 Check and set the gripper to gripper alignment (see Section 3-4-8)
 Check and set the needle height (see Section 3-4-9)
 Check and set the coverslip transfer head hard stop (see Section 3-4-10)
 Check and set the gripper stop cam (see Section 3-4-13)
 Run production test 6 to set slide out position (see Section 2-5-1)
 Run Performance test 1 & Performance test 2.
If the long gripper is replaced:
 Check and set the gripper to gripper alignment (see Section 3-4-8).

491
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 Run production test 5 to set Parameter 92 (see Section 2-5-1).


 Run production test 6 to set slide out position (see Section 2-5-1).
 Run Performance test 1 & Performance test 2.
If both grippers are replaced carry out all tests.

492
A79210101_04

5-5 - Software Update


To update the current software version:

 Navigate to the Disc screen from the Options menu.

 Insert the floppy disk containing the software update into the disk drive.
 Press 'Software Update'.

 The following screen should appear.

493
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

 If the software update is successful, the ClearVue will power-down and then
reboot.
 After power-up and initialisation, navigate back to the Disc screen and check that
the software and FPGA version numbers have been updated.

494
A79210101_04

6 - Service Schedule
ENSURE ALL CLEARVUE SERVICE BULLETINS HAVE BEEN
RECEIVED.
NOTE MODIFICATION STRIKE LABEL - INCLUDE ANY
OUTSTANDING UPDATES IN THE SERVICE
TEST INSTRUMENT FOR EARTH CONTINUITY AND INSULATION
RESISTANCE!
IF THE INSTRUMENT FAILS, DO NOT PROCEED WITH THE
SERVICE UNTIL THE CAUSE HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED AND
RECTIFIED!

A - Take event log.

1. Check log for stall recoveries (check motors / assemblies highlighted).


2. Check log for phantom baskets (check input rail mechanisms).

B - Ensure software is up to date.

Check the following:


1. Software code version.
2. FPGA revision level.
3. Profile.
4. Store the Parameters file.

C - Put a dry basket through the instrument to check operation.

D - Perform battery test while removing the covers.

E - Torques.

 Lift block < 0.1Nm across entire length.

F - Belt tensions.

Check the following:


1. Coverslip transfer head.
2. Coverslip dispense.
3. Load rail.
4. Vertical lift mechanism.

G - Replace.

495
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Replace the following:


1. Suction cup.
2. Glass filters.
3. Dispense carriage skirt.
4. Syringe.
5. Batteries (if required) and repeat battery test.
6. Air filter (if required by Service Contract level).

H - Clean / visually inspect (and lubricate as required).

Note:
When lubricating linear rails use a LIGHT MICROTOME OIL - NOT GREASE!
1. Load rail, unload rail and lift block (clean basket wear debris).
2. Lubricate vertical lift rail.
3. Lubricate basket unload rail (2 carriages).
4. Lubricate load rail spring plungers (4 off).
5. Load rail spring plungers (ensure free movement).
6. Lift block spring plunger (ensure baskets retained positively).
7. Lift block (ensure no loose play in block).
8. Basket open (ensure sprung loaded arm moves freely).
9. Lubricate basket open rail.
10. Lubricate basket open spring loaded arm.
11. Slide guide block (moving freely, not damaged).
12. Lubricate slide guide block rail.
13. Slide alignment spring (replace if damaged).
14. Basket close arm (moving freely).
15. Lubricate basket close arm rail.
16. Coverslip transfer head (no excessive play).
17. Check for wear and reset the position of the coverslip dispense end stop.
18. Pipework (replace any chaffed / kinked pipes).
19. Backlash on syringe drive (tighten knurled screws if required).
20. Fans (ensure turning and quiet).
21. Baskets (where possible check for wear/breakages).
22. Basket sliders (ensure clean runners and smooth movement).

496
A79210101_04

23. Basket sliders (ensure white sliders are clean and not heavily stained).
24. Xylene tray.
25. Waste tray.
26. Output rail drip tray / camera cover.
27. Coverslip dispense carriage and its vacuum chamber.
28. Lubricate coverslip dispense rail.
29. Dispense head cleaning station.
30. Dispense head.
31. Camera lens.
32. Gripper eccentric.
33. Lubricate gripper rail (2 carriages).
34. Gripper stripper mechanism.
35. Coverslip transfer head end stop.
36. Coverslip transfer head: check for smooth movement of the sprung blocks.
37. Slip dispense opto’s
38. Carry out Daily and Weekly cleaning tasks as per Section 2-1 and Section 2-2 of
the Operator Guide.

I - Test.

1. Coverslip transfer head vacuum setting.


2. Coverslip transfer head vacuum decay.
3. Coverslip dispense carriage vacuum.
4. Ability to pressurise and de-gas the mountant bottle.
5. Final test motor / mechanism tests (store results on floppy disc with note of serial
number and date - Return to your local service representative).
6. Lay down 20 beads with covers off. Wear safety glasses !
7. Prep a dry basket with the covers off. Wear safety glasses !
8. Prepare 2 baskets of wet slides and get customer acceptance of the quality -
During the second basket, switch off the Mains power and ensure that the battery
backup system will complete the processing.

J - Replace debris liner and covers.

1. Ensure all door sensors are working from Production Services.


2. Coverslip a full basket to prove system is working satisfactorily.

497
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

K - Take event log and store results on floppy disc with note of serial
number and date - Return to your local service representative.

L - Update service history book with parts replaced and significant


actions taken.

M - Electrical safety tests.

 Test instrument for earth continuity and insulation resistance.


If the instrument fails, do not allow back into service until problem has been
found and rectified.
Do NOT carry out Flash (HiPot) tests!
Repetition of such tests could result in reduced protection against hazards.
Always ensure that the Service Schedule you are following is the correct
version.

498
A79210101_04

7 - Spares List
General

Part No. Description


7411258 FILTER (PK. OF 6)
9990610 FILTER
59920128 PROXIMITY SWITCH ASSY
A79220085 EXTRACTION FAN ASSY
A78320005 OPTO ASSY CABLEFORM
A79210132 SLIP PICK-UP ASSY KIT
A79210015 SOLENOID ASSY - PRESSURE DE-GAS COMPLETE
A79210016 SOLENOID ASSY - VACUUM SYSTEM COMPLETE
A79210019 LATCH ASSY
A79210027 DISPENSE HEAD CLEANING STATION
A79210030 LATCH ASSY - SELF RETRACT
A79210081 SUCTION CUPS (PK. OF 3)
A79210095 COVERSLIP DISPENSE SKIRT AND SUPPORT
A79210105 FRONT I/F PCB KIT
A79210106 BACK I/F PCB KIT
A79210107 CAMERA PCB KIT
A79210108 LIFT BLOCK PLUNGER KIT
A79220045 PUMP ASSY
A79210133 MOTOR ASSY KIT - TRANSFER HEAD / INPUT RAIL
A79210135 MOTOR ASSY KIT - BASKET PUSH
A79210136 MOTOR ASSY KIT - GRIPPERS
A79210137 MOTOR ASSY KIT - BASKET OPEN
A79210138 MOTOR ASSY KIT - LIFT BLOCK
A79210139 MOTOR ASSY KIT - SLIP DISPENSE
A79210140 CLEANING STATION ACTUATOR KIT
A79220054 ACTUATOR ASSY - MOUNTANT PUMP

499
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

A79220058 OPTO ASSY - LOAD RAIL


A79220059 COVERSLIP DISPENSE OPTO
A79230014 GUIDE BRACKET
A79230015 PUSHER SUPPORT
A79230016 SLIDE PUSHER
A79210141 COVERSLIP DISPENSE CARRIAGE ASSY KIT
A79210142 COVERSLIP DISPENSE END STOP KIT
A79230111 MOUNTANT DISPENSE NEEDLE
A79230123 TIMING PULLEY
A79230283 HARDENED JAW BIT
A79210158 GRIPPER RETURN PLATE KIT
AP14371 MICROSWITCH
A79220056 MOUNTANT SOLENOID CABLEFORM
A79210143 SOLENOID ASSY - MOUNTANT PUMP KIT
AP15217 SYRINGE
AP15218 GEAR HUB CLAMP
A79210144 VACUUM REGULATOR KIT
AP15283 SEAL - XYLENE TRAY
AP15339 PUMP ACCESSORY - RESTRICTOR
AP15360 CAVRO SEALS (PK. OF 4)
P12031 MAINS LEAD (UK)
P12032 MAINS LEAD (USA)
P12033 MAINS LEAD (SCHUKO)
P12215 PUMP ACCESSORY - FILTER EXHAUST
A79210130 SPRING KIT
A79210131 ANNUAL SERVICE KIT
A79220089 NOZZLE CAP WITH REMOVAL LABEL
AP15415 EXTERNAL USB DISK DRIVE
A79230275 CLEANING STATION SEAL

500
A79210101_04

Slide Guide Assembly

Part No. Description


A79210018 SLIDE GUIDE ASSY
A79230078 SLIDE GUIDE SPRING

Electronics Box Assembly

Part No. Description


77520137 MAINS INLET ASSY
A78020114 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE DATA CABLE
A78020164 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE POWER CABLE
A79210023 ELECTRONICS BOX ASSY
A79210104 MAINS INLET FUSE KIT (2 x T6.3A, 250V FUSES)
A79210109 MAIN BOARD PCB KIT
A79210121 PROCESSOR PCB KIT
A79210122 BATTERY KIT
A79210123 BATTERY PCB KIT
A79210124 INTERCONNECT PCB KIT
A79210152 INTERNAL FUSE KIT (3 x F12A, 250V FUSES)
A79220063 FAN ASSY - ELECTRONICS BOX
AP14133 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE
AP15186 PSU

501
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Touch Screen Assembly

Part No. Description


A79210125 DISPLAY PCB KIT
A79210039 TOUCH SCREEN COMPLETE
AP15325 INVERTER PCB
AP14939 26-WAY TOUCH SCREEN CABLE
AP15324 TOUCH SCREEN

Leadscrews and Nuts

Part No. Description


A79210126 DRIVE TRANSFER PLATE
A79210127 LATCH CARRIER KIT

Mountant Bottle Assembly

Part No. Description


A79210045 MOUNTANT BOTTLE ASSY
A79210096 MOUNTANT BOTTLE SEAL KIT
A79220043 MOUNTANT JAR - SURLYN COATED

Couplings

Part No. Description


A79210128 COUPLING KIT

502
A79210101_04

Covers

Part No. Description


A79210032 L.H. SIDE ASSY
A79210035 UNLOAD DOOR ASSY
A79210036 ACCESS DOOR ASSY
A79210129 DEBRIS DOOR KIT
A79230140 MAIN COVER MOULDING
A79230142 R.H. SIDE COVER MOULDING
A79220088 FILTER COVER ASSY
A79230151 BOTTLE COVER MOULDING
A79230197 DEBRIS LINER
A79230198 DEBRIS TRAY

Link Arm Assy

Part No. Description


A79210057 LINK ASSY

Belts

Part No. Description


A79210145 BELT KIT - INPUT MOTOR
A79210146 BELT KIT - COVERSLIP DISPENSE
A79210147 BELT KIT - LIFT MOTOR
A79210148 BELT KIT - TRANSFER HEAD ROTATE

503
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Linear Rails

Part No. Description


AP15168 RAIL - GRIPPERS
AP15169 RAIL - MOUNTANT PUMP & BASKET EJECT
AP15197 RAIL - SLIDE GUIDE ASSY
AP15202 RAIL - COVERSLIP DISPENSE
AP15244 RAIL - LIFT

504
A79210101_04

8 - Technical Drawings
8-1 Electrical Drawings
8-2 Pneumatic Drawings

505
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

8-1 - Electrical Drawings


Please refer to the electronic version of the Electrical Drawings provided.
Always ensure that the Drawings you are following are the correct version.

506
A79210101_04

8-2 - Pneumatics Drawings


Pneumatic Assembly Drawing 1

Pneumatic Assembly Drawing 2

507
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Pneumatic Assembly Drawing 3

508
A79210101_04

Pneumatic Assembly Drawing 4

509
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Pneumatic Assembly Drawing 5

510
A79210101_04

Pneumatic Assembly Drawing 6

511
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Pneumatic Assembly Drawing 7

512
A79210101_04

Pneumatic Assembly Drawing 8

513
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Pneumatic Assembly Drawing 9

514
A79210101_04

Please refer to the electronic version of the Pneumatic Schematic


diagram provided.

Always ensure you are working from the current issue of the Pneumatics Schematic.

515
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Appendices
Appendix A - Service Fault Codes
Appendix B - Parameters
Appendix C - Understanding Log Files

516
A79210101_04

Appendix A - Service Fault Codes


A1 - Damage Codes

517
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

A2 - Cause Codes

518
A79210101_04

Appendix B - Parameters

519
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Appendix C - Understanding Log Files


792 Log Macro.xls Information for A79210155 issue 1 log tool

Summary.

This is a quick reference sheet to highlight areas in the log file that need to be scrutinised,
this could be a sheets that a service engineer could print and file for reference.

Errors.

List of every error in the log file (shows all slips errors & not just the ones the user see’s)

Prep decay chart.

Prep decay data in easy to read chart format - see below for further explanation on prep
decay charts.

Warnings.

List of all the warnings in the log file.

Prep decay.

Data for every decay time logged. Limits as per the decay chart see below for further
information.

Opto chart.

The absolute values are not critical (typically between 200 and 800, acceptable limits are
100 to 900), however an increase in the optical sensor reading indicates a reduction in
the signal strength typically caused by glass dust on the sensors. The sensors are housed
just in front of the coverslip dispense skirt and can be cleaned from below with a soft
brush. Note, when no coverslip is present the value is typically 1300-1400 however it is
not expected that these values will be see on the logs.

Slip optos.

Data for slip opto chart, limits as per chart.

Slip dispense.

Shows logged values for slips dispense Quad A, B, C & D values plus error code.
Includes a quick reference table with error quantities shown; see below for further
information on slip dispense values.

520
A79210101_04

Voltages.

Values are logged immediately after switch on and every hour thereafter. Values are also
logged when a power fail is detected.
The voltages readings are in units of approximately 10mV. 2400 ≈ 24V.
V PSU is the voltage detected from the PSU. This will typically be around 24V. Values
of 18-20V are typical at power fail (when the unit is switched off).
V BATT1 is one of the backup batteries. This will typically be in the range 12-15V
depending on state of charge. Lower values can be expected during periods when the unit
is running on batteries.
V BATT2 is the second of the backup batteries. When the unit is running on batteries
this will show the total voltage of the two batteries, typically 26-28V immediately after a
mains power fail.
The OC and STL signals indicate the charger status.
Hz ELEC is the speed of the electronics box fan. Typically 95-115Hz. This fan should
run continuously.
Hz EXTR is the speed of the extract fan. This is 0 when the unit is first switched on or
when the filter is not fitted. The fan has 2 running speeds, 70-90Hz is the low speed,
115-125Hz is the high speed.
°C Elec is the temperature sensor on the battery charger board indicating the
approximate internal temperature of the electronics box.

mp_load.

See below for a full description of mp_load

lift opto.

Logs when lift top opto seen during eject sequence, we are interested in how much the
value varies. Based on the random check of 12 of the last 30 units the value varies
between 0 & 11 quads.

slide width.

Actual width of slide = [logged width of jaws] + 5.6 - (2 x [slide thickness]). When you
take into account the tolerances on slides and the jaws the logged values should be in the
range 18.1mm - 23.4mm. Software rejects widths below 16mm and above 23.7mm.
Tab is not all that useful as we are not really interested in the variation but could be used
to see if slides are close to maximum width. May be more useful if plotted on a chart
since it would show when values are tending to trend upwards due to the gripper return
plate getting tacky.

521
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

basket load.

Shows logged values for stall quad, max & pos, load quad & pos & basket open quads.
These are again values where we are concerned with variation rather than absolute limits.
There are 3 logged values, the first value is the final stall
quad, the second is the further the load rail pusher has jumped back when stalling on the
basket. This value would normally be just less than the first logged quad value. A large
difference in both may indicate problems with load rail belt tensions.

jaw_y

We are interested in the variation of jaw x & y. Jaw y should not vary by more than ± 1
pixel so the difference in variation values should be <=2.
Note:
Software version 1.78 issue 8 centres the jaw_x and jaw_y to fixed positions.
Jaw_x should be 225 and jaw_y should be 65.
Note:
There will be log events of the original jaw_x and y positions before adjustment to compare with
previous values taken.

basket top.

As with jaw y we are looking for consistency across top 1 & 2 for each of the basket
types.
On most instruments you will see:
 Both values are consistent.
 One value is consistent and the other value varies by 1 pixel.
 Both values vary by 1 pixel.
In any of these cases the unit will run fine.
There have been some units where one of the values varies by 2 pixels and the other is
either consistent or varies by 1 pixel. The majority of the time the unit will still handle
slides without issues, however if the jaw y value also varies by the maximum amount or if
the jaws are at the maximum allowable runout you will start to see an increase in error
6(91)’s. A unit may also give errors if the basket runout is too high, this is not checked
and can not be adjusted.
If either of the basket top values varies by more than 2 pixels or both vary by 2 pixels the
unit will most likely start to give errors. However this is not always the case since if
everything else nominal the unit can carry on functioning OK. So far the only units that
have exhibited this much variation have also showed variation in jaw y values and it has
been indicative of Camera problems.

522
A79210101_04

basket times.

Shows all the logged basket processing times and can be useful for a quick check it the
customer has not been clearing errors in a timely fashion, especially if there are
complaints about drying. - see below for further information about basket times.

start of basket.

Shows the profile version, the set and used mountant levels as well as slide threshold
(P72). See below for further information about start of basket.

software version.

Shows software version

sorted data.

Just used to create the other tabs but can be useful if additional data extraction is
required.

original data.

Original data untouched apart from separating date, time & log entry into separate
columns.
Note:
If you sort this tab you may not be able to put it back in the correct order as many log entries
have identical time stamps.

523
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Further Information

prep_decay_chart

Check the scale is 0 to 6 seconds.


The decay (blue line and points) should be 3 seconds ±1 second, i.e. between the red
lines.

Things to check for:

Decay dropping to 0 for one or more slides.

This is likely to be caused by suction cup contamination. Clean the suction cup and
check for broken slips or excessive overspill. Use the Prep Decay tab to find the
actual value.

General deterioration in decay time.

Check for leaks; contaminated suction cup (broken glass or mountant), damaged
suction cup. Check pipe is pushed into the fittings firmly.

Decay time at or below 2 seconds.

This is the limit for good coverslip quality. Below this decay time there is a high risk
of the slip slapping down onto the slide causing multiple bubbles on each slide. Any

524
A79210101_04

machine running below 1.2 seconds should be checked by a service engineer and
fixed.

Decay time with a general trend upwards (more than 2 seconds over
400 slides).

This could be related to temperature and how the restrictor that controls the release
of vacuum has expanded and restricted the flow. Monitor the situation. Check that
the machine has a decay reservoir fitted and fit where required. Reset the decay time
to 3 seconds.

Decay time above 6 seconds.

This will slow the machine down, but will not affect the quality of the prep. The
priority of the customer should be considered: Prep quality V’s speed of the
machine. Errors are reported if the slip has not been released after 13 seconds.

prep_decay

07/07/2008 13:39:36 Prep Decay 3.33


Time -
07/07/2008 13:39:47 Prep Decay 3.32
Time -
07/07/2008 13:39:58 Prep Decay 3.33
Time -
Date Time Decay time in
seconds
Use [ ctrl ] + [ f ] to find the date or time required for the actual decay time value.

mp_load

07/07/2008 13:42:47 End of 11188 Position: 11187


mp
load
cycle at
quad:
07/07/2008 13:53:24 End of 11205 Position: 11203
mp
load
cycle at
quad:
07/07/2008 14:31:22 End of 11191 Position: 11189
mp

525
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

load
cycle at
quad:
Date Time Quad reached Position
This has been used as a development tool along with 'dispense end' values to determine
how much mountant has been dispensed.
The Quad value is from the encoder and is the position actually reached. The position
value is the position demanded of the motor and where it is aiming for.
A difference of more than 100 between quad and position shows there has been some
stall on the motor.
The syringe should refill to ±0.5mm each time (approx 165 quads)
333 quads = 1mm of syringe movement

basket_times

07/07/2008 13:42:47 Total time 03:07


07/07/2008 13:53:24 Total time 03:15
07/07/2008 14:31:22 Total time 02:37
Date Time Time for each basket
This shows the time taken for each basket.
Time is dependant on the number of slides in the basket, the decay time and how long
the customer takes to clear any errors.

start_of_basket

Date Time Profile Used B W


Version Set Set
11/09/2008 11:27:49 87 5 5 12 Slide
Thresh:095
11/09/2008 11:34:03 87 5 5 12 Slide
Thresh:095
11/09/2008 11:38:36 87 5 5 12 Slide
Thresh:095
The profile version controls the shape of the bead and affects the prep quality.
'Used' is the volume setting used for the basket.
'B Set' is the volume set for black sliders.
'W Set' is the volume set for white sliders.

526
A79210101_04

slip_dispense

This page shows you how many slips have been dispensed, the engineering error code
with how many errors, plus the % of errors in that category.
If double slips are reported find out if there are actually 2 slips dispensed on the carriage
together. If so check the end stop height, if not, use the Autoslip to reset the thresholds
for no slip and double slips.
If length errors are reported check there is sufficient vacuum on the carriage.

Raw Log Files

The following text is the cycle of one basket through ClearVue. This is the pattern you
should see when looking at raw log files. Each line has a description of what is
happening.
Basket detection has started.
09/11/2008 11:27:40 GOOD INPUT STALL DETECTED : quad:13554 Min
Quad seen:13554 Pos:13623
Basket has been detected by load rail, 1 basket found.
09/11/2008 11:27:40 Input Rail basket count = 01
Basket has been loaded to lift
09/11/2008 11:27:42 Basket loaded to lift success @ quad = 14169 and position =
14213
Camera jaw_x and jaw_y are re-tested to ensure no change in image has been seen.
Ignore NEW POS 500 value.
09/11/2008 11:27:43 camera JAWY_Y re-tested from below, old pos=065 new
pos=500
This line shows the prep head has checked the pin width on the prep transfer head
and has detected a normal (around 40 ) prep head in the END position.
09/11/2008 11:27:43 Prep head pin width:0040
This line is showing the calculated position of the jaw using a different method,
values should closely resemble that of the above jaw_x and jaw_y by +/1 1 pixel.
09/11/2008 11:27:43 AUX CAM INIT NEW: jaw_x, 226, jaw_y, 064 OLD:
jaw_x, 225, jaw_y, 065 USED:0
This line showes a check the camera does on the image, it takes one image and
examines the image for HALO effects which are often caused by dirty or out of
focus lenses. Clean values greater than 6/7 should be investigated. Typical values are
2/3
09/11/2008 11:27:43 Camera Lens QC Check : High thresh : 037, Low Thresh
:039, CLEAN VALUE :002

527
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

This shows the quad of the basket open slider when fully opened.
09/11/2008 11:27:45 Basket slider opened @ 11043
Basket processing is about to begin. OFFSET target is parameter 92 value. Jaw at is
current jaw_y value.
09/11/2008 11:27:47 Start of basket. OFFSET TARGET=004 JAW_AT:065
Detection of basket top has started, first picture has been taken and analysed as
shown. It can be seen that both basket top values are the same value and equal to
white strip bot. this indicates the basket is not in view of the camera and therefore is
a smaller 20 slide basket. White strip bot value is the lowest part of the white strip
the camera can see. Notice BIG,SMALL value is 1 which indicates the lift is at BIG
basket position.
09/11/2008 11:27:47 (BIG BASKET CODE) Basket top 1,00085, Basket top
2,00085, White Strip bot,00085, BIG(1)SMALL(0),1 At lift quad, 09610
Second basket top position, now at SMALL basket position. You can see the basket
top values are 71 and 69. two pictures are taken for basket top, one is 11 quads
higher than the other. This gives the values of 71 and 69 and are different to white
strip bottom - this means a valid basket top has been found. Notice BIG,SMALL
VALUE is 0 indicating lift at SMALL position.
09/11/2008 11:27:49 (BIG BASKET CODE) Basket top 1,00071, Basket top
2,00069, White Strip bot,00085, BIG(1)SMALL(0),0 At lift quad, 09059
The lift and camera have worked out from all the info above, the correct position to
move to for processing the basket. This is known as the final 1st slide position.
09/11/2008 11:27:49 (BIG BASKET CODE) Final 1st Slide Position,08723, Total
Slides to Process,00020, Basket top1,071, top2,069
This values shows the colour of the basket slider, low values indicate BLACK sliders,
high values for white.
09/11/2008 11:27:49 Basket slider white percent : 001
First slide position has been reached. Quad and target values should be within 1
quad of each other.
09/11/2008 11:27:49 Lift @ 1st slide position, quad:08723, pos:08723,
Target:08723
A quick reminder of the profile version and mountant settings used on this basket.
09/11/2008 11:27:49 start of basket processing - Profile V:87 @ setting :05
Black:05 White:12 Slide Thresh:095
This chunk of events shows a complete cycle of removing the slide and performing
the prep, these events should be repeated 20 times for small baskets.
Pos values indicate what is visible to the camera, pos0 is current slide slot, 1 is next
and 2 is after next slot. Values of 15 will detect a slide as present. Decreasing the
camera slide threshold parameter will increase these numbers but will more likely

528
A79210101_04

cause ClearVue to grab slides not present. Decay time is another important number
here, which gives indication to machine performance within the pnumatic system.
09/11/2008 11:27:50 pos_0:050 pos_1:043 pos_2:090 @ quad:08723 Slide No:01
09/11/2008 11:27:50 Gripper detected slide ok, final pos adjust = :-14 Quad
1:56582 Quad 2:57221 Width of Jaws: 21.94 mm
09/11/2008 11:27:52 DISPENSED SLIP PROPERTIES -> qa:10194 qb:10194
qc:10468 qd:10468 er_no:00
09/11/2008 11:27:52 Good slip, optics at, 00292, 00230
09/11/2008 11:27:54 dispense end @ Qd:12085 pos:12087 Suckback end @
Qd:12032 pos:12029 with timer:00042
09/11/2008 11:28:00 Prep Decay Time - 03.42
..
..
..
..
..
Finally we reach basket end, which shows the total time to process the basket.
09/11/2008 11:31:23 Basket processing finished Total time, 03:30
This quad value is that of the lift when the flag passed the upper lift opto. Variation
in this value should be minimal.
09/11/2008 11:31:30 Lift TOP opto seen->not_seen at:03468

529
Warranty Statement
We at Thermo Fisher Scientific are proud of our quality, reliability and of our after-sales
service. We continuously strive to improve our service to our customers.
Please ask your distributor or Thermo Fisher representative about Service Contracts
which can keep your purchase in peak condition for many years to come.
Warranty provisions necessarily vary to comply with differences in national and regional
legislation. Specific details can be found in the delivery documentation or from your
dealer or representative.
Please note that your warranty may be invalidated if:
 The instrument is modified in any way.

 Accessories and reagents which have not been approved by Thermo Fisher
Scientific are used

 The instrument is not operated or maintained in accordance with the instructions


in the Operator Guide.

531
Product Return Safety Declaration

Thermo Fisher Scientific, Anatomical Pathology, 4481 Campus Drive, Kalamazoo, MI


49008, USA
Tel: 1-800-522-7270, Fax: +1 269-372-2674, www.thermo.com/pathology
Thermo Fisher Scientific, Anatomical Pathology, 93-96 Chadwick Road, Astmoor,
Runcorn, Cheshire, WA7 1PR, UK
Tel: +44 (0)1928 562600, Fax: +44 (0)1928 562627, www.thermo.com/pathology

533
Index

535
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

A remove battery PCB.....................437


Abort basket.......................................44
Bead test
Accessories list ..................................148
advanced bead test .......................293
Adjust jackable feet.............................14
user bead test ...............................121
Adjust screen settings
Breaking coverslips - troubleshoot....347
brightness.......................................63
Build sub-assembly test
view angle ......................................63
basket open and lower slide retention
Approved reagents............................150 ................................................242
B cleaning station assembly .............253
Back interface boards........................168 covers and filter............................254
Basket coverslip dispense.........................245
abort ..............................................44 coverslip transfer drive .................249
compatible .......................................2 coverslip transfer head..................247
example - Varistain Gemini..............7 electronics ....................................236
load ................................................38 input rail......................................240
manual abort..................................45 mountant bottle and lines ............255
remove basket push motor assembly mountant dispense head and needle
.................................................422 ................................................246
remove from load rail .....................46 mountant pump actuator and syringe
remove from unload rail .................46 ................................................252

remove from vertical lift .................50 output pusher and upper slide
retention ..................................250
slide retainer colour ........................69
output rail....................................251
troubleshoot - jamming................349
pneumatic circuit .........................256
unload............................................42
slide grippers ................................244
Basket open assembly
slide guide....................................243
description ...................................163
vertical lift and lift block ..............241
inspecting.....................................242
C
replace..........................................396
Camera
Basket recognition..............................69
camera board replacement............483
Battery
clean ............................................117
description ...................................168
description ...................................163
remove .........................................434

536
Index

Camera board...................................168 hard stop......................................280


Cause codes......................................517 inspecting.....................................247
Change carbon filter...........................16 motor test ....................................228
Change purge tray..............................23 offset coverslip transfer head ..........70
Change system language.....................65 remove motor assembly................415
Clean touch screen ...........................105 sprung pads..................................271
Cleaning cautions...............................76 Coverslipping
Cleaning station assembly method ..........................................10
description ...................................163 remove slides..................................48
test ..............................................253 troubleshoot - breaking coverslips 347
Compatibility troubleshoot - misdispense ...........345
baskets..............................................2 troubleshoot - slides not coverslipped
................................................338
coverslips..........................................3
troubleshoot - wrong position ......311
microscope slides..............................2
vacuum faults...............................362
slide dimensional tolerances .............3
D
Covers and filter
Daily tasks .........................................12
description ...................................163
Damage codes ..................................517
inspecting.....................................254
Debris tray
remove covers...............................379
empty.............................................23
Coverslip dispense
Degas mountant bottle.......................29
motor assembly ............................445
Dimensions..........................................9
tensioner ......................................445
Disk drive
Coverslip hopper
engineers log ..................................66
remove and replace.........................34
remove .........................................432
Coverslip position
update software ..............................67
adjust .............................................54
Dispense head cleaning station
select ..............................................56
actuator assembly .........................396
troubleshoot .................................311
cleaning .........................................91
Coverslip transfer head
fill ..................................................26
changing position...........................58
motor test ....................................234
checking position .........................291
Dispense motor assembly .................445
clean.............................................114
Display PCB
description ...................................163

537
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

remove .........................................469 raw file .........................................520


Door sensors and filter switch ..........290 Environmental requirements................9
Drawings Error codes.......................................303
electrical .......................................506 Error screens ....................................120
pneumatic ....................................507 Example basket - Varistain Gemini ......7
E Extraction kit .....................................18
Earth continuity measure .................224 F
Electrical drawings ...........................506 Fan
Electrical specification ..........................9 fan microswitch............................489
Electronics assembly.........................168 remove fan assembly ....................435
Electronics box troubleshoot.................................355
battery..........................................434 Fill mountant bottle...........................21
battery PCB .................................437 Fit extraction kit ................................18
description ...................................168 Flush system ......................................30
fuses .............................................443 front I/F PCB ..................................458
main, interconnect and processor Front interface boards ......................168
PCB .........................................439
Fuse replacement .............................443
PSU .............................................429
G
speaker assembly ..........................441 Gemini Varistain basket.......................7
Electronics sub-assembly test............236 Gripper jaws
Empty debris tray...............................23 remove .........................................490
ENG tab test ...............................................489
page 1/7 .......................................197 Gripper link actuator .......................455
page 2/7 .......................................202 Gripper link assembly ......................455
page 3/7 .......................................208 Gripper return plate
page 4/7 .......................................210 clean ............................................108
page 5/7 .......................................212 remove .........................................108
page 6/7 .......................................216 Gripper to gripper alignment ...........273
page 7/7 .......................................221 I
Engineers log Identifying problems with slides.......123
create..............................................66 Input motor assembly
description ...................................520 remove and refit...........................462
prep_decay_chart .........................520 Input rail

538
Index

build sub-assembly test.................240 rear of ClearVue...............................6


carriage assembly ..........................464 view through access door..................5
description ...................................163 Language............................................65
motor test.....................................226 Laying coverslips ................................10
remove assembly...........................464 Level the ClearVue.............................14
Instrument verification test Lift block
adjusting the needle height...........278 build sub-assembly test.................241
bead test .......................................293 lift block plunger..........................391
checking the coverslip transfer head motor test ....................................227
sprung pads ..............................271
remove and refit...........................391
checking the gripper-to-gripper
remove leadscrew .........................487
alignment .................................273
Lift motor assembly
coverslip dispense optical sensors..292
remove and refit...........................485
coverslip dispense system..............270
timing belt removal......................485
coverslip transfer head hard stop...280
Load basket........................................38
coverslip transfer head position ....291
Load new coverslip hopper.................34
door sensors and filter switch........290
Load rail
mountant bottle pneumatic..........266
remove baskets ...............................46
performance test 1........................259
Load slides .........................................38
performance test 2........................263
Loss of user settings - troubleshoot...353
performance test 3........................264
M
resetting parameters......................289
Main board ......................................168
short gripper stop cam..................287
Mains inlet and power supply ..........168
software version............................286
Maintenance cautions ........................76
vacuum system .............................267
Manual abort basket
Insulation resistance measure............224
from load rail .................................46
Interconnect board...........................168
from unload rail .............................46
Inverter PCB
from vertical lift .............................50
remove .........................................472
procedures......................................45
L
Manual abort slides ............................48
Labelled diagrams
Microbubbles (troubleshoot)............129
front of ClearVue .............................4
Microscope slide requirements .............2
outer covers ..................................379
Motor test

539
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

basket eject...................................230 Mountant solenoid assembly............404


basket open ..................................229 Mountant syringe
coverslip dispense .........................231 remove and refit...........................408
coverslip transfer head ..................228 Mountants
dispense head cleaning station ......234 troubleshoot - dryback .................314
gripper .........................................232 troubleshoot - overspill.................313
input rail ......................................226 N
lift block.......................................227 Needle height...................................278
mountant pump...........................233 O
Motors .............................................168 Offset coverslip transfer head

Mountant bottle clean ............................................114

cleaning cap ...................................85 install .............................................70

cleaning seal ...................................87 position of coverslips......................56

degassing ........................................29 Operating temperature.........................9

description ...................................163 Optical sensitivity ..............................73

filling .............................................21 Optical sensors.................................292

inspecting.....................................255 Opto cableform................................489

pneumatic test..............................266 Outer case removal ..........................379

removing........................................81 Output rail

troubleshooting ............................357 description ...................................163

Mountant dispense head inspecting.....................................251

description ...................................163 Over voltage category...........................9

inspecting.....................................246 P
Mountant dispense needle Parameters .......................................519

clean.............................................103 Parts identification

remove .........................................103 front of ClearVue.............................4

Mountant dispense volume rear of ClearVue...............................6

adjust .............................................68 view through access door..................5

basket recognition feature...............69 PCB's

slide retainer colour ........................69 battery PCB .................................437

Mountant pump display PCB .................................469

actuator assembly .........................406 front I/F PCB ..............................458

faults ............................................364 interconnect PCB ........................439

540
Index

inverter PCB ................................472 Purge tray


main PCB ....................................439 change............................................23
processor PCB..............................439 R
rear I/F PCB ................................460 rear I/F PCB ....................................460
Performance test 1............................259 Relative Humidity ...............................9
Performance test 2............................263 Remove baskets manually
Performance test 3............................264 from load rail .................................46
Pneumatic circuit from unload rail .............................46
description ...................................163 from vertical lift .............................50
inspecting.....................................256 Remove coverslip hopper ...................34
Pneumatic drawings .........................507 Remove mountant bottle ...................81
Pollution degree ...................................9 Remove slides manually .....................48
Power fault (troubleshoot)................307 Resetting parameters ........................289
Prep_decay_chart .............................520 S
Prepare ClearVue for storage ..............83 Safety and Warranty ........................377

Problems with dispense quality ........305 Screen maps

Problems with prepared slides ..........123 main menu...................................154

Processor board ................................168 mountant system..........................155

Production services...........................178 options screens .............................156

ENG ............................................197 Screen options

I/O - I2C screen...........................186 brightness.......................................63

I/O - Inputs .................................182 set language....................................65

I/O - links screen..........................189 time and date setting......................64

I/O - outputs................................184 view angle ......................................63

I/O - voltages screen.....................188 Seals

MOTOR .....................................192 cleaning mountant bottle seal.........87

PARAM .......................................180 cleaning xylene tray seal .................89

Proximity switch ..............................474 replacing ........................................78

PSU Sensors.............................................168

remove .........................................429 Servicing tasks..................................495

Pump assembly Short gripper stop cam.....................287

remove .........................................394 Shutting down ...................................37

Purge system ......................................32

541
ClearVue Service Manual (A79210101_04)

Single mountant bubble (troubleshoot) Spare parts .......................................499


.....................................................127
Spare parts list..................................149
Slide dimensional tolerances.................3
Speaker assembly..............................441
Slide grippers
Start-up..............................................25
build sub-assembly test.................244
Suction cup
clean.............................................111
clean ..............................................95
description ...................................163
remove ...........................................95
Slide guide
Support arm.....................................479
description ...................................163
System language.................................65
inspecting.....................................243
System specification
remove and refit ...........................477
dimensions.......................................9
Slide retainer colour ...........................69
electrical...........................................9
Slide sensing parameter ......................73
environmental requirements.............9
Slides
T
adjust slide sensing parameter.........73 Telephone support...........................296
load into basket ..............................38 Time and date setting ........................64
remove during coverslipping ..........48 Tools required..................................378
troubleshoot - breaking ................351 Touch screen
troubleshoot - excessive bubbles ...315 clean ............................................105
troubleshoot - excessive drying .....341 remove .........................................474
troubleshoot - slide jams...............343 system interfacing ............................8
troubleshoot - slides not coverslipped U
.................................................338
Unload basket ....................................42
Slip dispense carriage........................479
Unload rail
Slip dispense end stop ......................479
remove baskets ...............................46
Slip dispense skirt.............................106
User settings - troubleshoot..............353
Slip dispense timing belt ..................445
V
Software update..................................67
Vacuum regulator ............................413
Software version ...............................286
Vacuum system................................267
Solenoid
Vertical lift and lift block
mountant solenoid assembly.........404
description ...................................163
remove solenoid assemblies ..........411
inspecting.....................................241
valves............................................168
remove baskets from vertical lift .....50

542
Index

W X
Weekly tasks ......................................13 Xylene tray.........................................19
Xylene tray seal ..................................89

543
544

You might also like